The Cosmopolitan 1889-04: Vol 6 Iss 6

Page 1

THE COSMOPOLITAN. Vou. VI. APRIL, 1889. THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. By W. BLACKBURN HARTE. ROYAL salute of twenty-one guns fired from the artillery garrison sta- tioned at Nepean Point, a rocky eminence overhanging the Ottawa River, is the official announcement to the great ‘‘outside’’ world that : her Britannic Majesty’s representa- THE GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS, OTTAWA, VIEWED FROM tive in Canada, Lord Stanley of NEPEAN POENT. Preston, has formally declared the Dominion Parliament in session. As the sound ricochets over the broad expanse of the ice-bound river into the neighboring province of Quebec, it would seem also to be the knell of the long and tedious Canadian winter ; and it is not hard to imagine the roaring, bubbling furies of the great highway, locked in their silent winter prison, rejoicing at this sign of approaching spring and freedom and sunshine. Itis in the month of February, and to the natural dullness of the sleepy little capital are added the Lenten austerities ; but with the ‘‘boom ! boom!’’ of the artillery Ottawa society awakens from its winter lethargy, and a whirl‘of pleasure and dissipation is instituted, which lasts throughout the session. It is only during the parliamentary ses- sion that anything like a series of important social gatherings are held at Rideau Hall, or the Government House, as it is called. During the remainder of the twelve months Entered at the New York Post Office as second-class matter. Copyright, 1888, by JoHN BRISBEN WALKER

Page 2

520 life at the vice-regal residence passes in the humdrum fashion characteristic of Ottawa ; and with the exception, perhaps, of an occa- sional ‘‘ at home’”’ or garden-party, at which there is always an uncomfortable crush and a superfluous amount of formality, nothing occurs to alleviate the depressing stagnation which prevails. The whole vitality of the capital is exhausted in the three months that intervene between the opening and proro- gation of Parliament. I do not propose, however, to treat of the social life of Ottawa in this article. My principal endeavor is to place before my readers pen-and-ink portraits of some of the most prominent public men in Canada, as I have seen them from the press gallery of the House of Commons. A few words about the Parliamentary buildings would not, however, be superflu- ous here. They are situated upon Barrack Hill, an eminence one hundred and fifty feet above the Ottawa River, and the highest point in the vicinity and for many miles around. From whatever side the capital is approached the Houses of Parliament form the most conspicuous feature in the land- scape. The different wings and blocks were added to the main structure at widely separ- ated periods, and though a certain uniform- ity of style was maintained, some slight de- flections from the original plan have lent the buildings an appearance of architectural de- fectiveness, which, however, does not detract in any way from their charm to the unpro- fessional critic. The view from the Quebec side of the river is magnificent. The build- ings possess all the undefinable charm of that irregularity which makes an approach toan Old-World cathedral city such a delight- ful experience. The pinnacles, buttresses, and gables, abruptly gradational, and ap- parently heaped upon each other in the wildest confusion, are surmounted by two imposing towers climbing into the heavens, and the /out ensemble is a wonderful picture, which reminds one of the fanciful and mys- terious architectural creations invariably as- sociated in one’s mind with Rabelais or Bal- zac’s Abbey of Touraine, and the genius of Doré and Turner. There is no doubt but that the Parliamentary buildings at Ottawa have no rival on this continent as regards natural situation and the lavish splendor of their physical adjuncts. In this respect also they far excel the imperial buildings in London, THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. which are dwarfed by the misery and insig- nificance of their surroundings. The build- ings form a quadrangle, the Parliament house proper forming the southern or central side of the square, with its back to the river, and a frontage of twelve hundred feet facing Wellington Street. The northern, eastern, and western blocks are called the Depart- mental Buildings, and contain the various government offices. The style of the build- ings is the Italian Gothic. The materials used are Ohio stone and Potsdam sand- stone, and they afford a harmony to the eye which grows more pleasant on a closer inspection, and produces an effect of com- bined strength and grace unrivaled by any other kind of masonry. The view from the city is splendid ; the towers and spires rise above everything, and as one goes up the broad sweep of terrace to the main build- ing one is insensibly reminded of a similar scene in the Old World—Versailles. It is difficult to say under what climatic conditions the effect of the Parliament build- ings is most telling,—at sunrise, with the flush of dawn just tinting the peaks of the Laurentian range of mountains, stretching away until they are lost in the horizon ; or by moonlight ; during a snow-storm or a driving shower of rain, with the House in session, and the main building glowing with electric lights, while the bell-like dome of the library, in rear of the monumental tower, seems to float in a mist of its own. After passing under the wide portico of the central tower and through the oaken doors of the main entrance, the visitor is im- pressed with the Moorish aspect of the great hall. The walls are stained a dull-red color, and the lofty, dark-colored pine ceiling and tall Grecian columns enhance the appearance of somberness and simplicity ; there is some- thing almost cloistral and oppressive in the silence and vastness of the place. This feeling is immediately dispelled upon ascending the few scarlet carpeted stairs which lead to the lobbies of the two chambers, where all is bustle and activity. To the right is the Senate, or Upper House, which is similar to the English House of Lords, except that the office is not hereditary, and it is just about as unnecessary. Public opinion in Canada would not, however, tolerate its developing the serious obstructive tendencies of the imperial institution. In the lobby and

Page 3

a n/N THE PARLIAMENT BUILDING, OTTAWA.

Page 4

522 adjoining corridors are hung some portraits of past generations of legislators, noticeable chiefly for the prodigality of their dimen- sions. The chamber is an oblong square ; it is better lighted and ventilated than the Commons, and is luxuriously upholstered in scarlet, which imparts an air of warmth and comfort to all the surroundings, and lends an additional tone to the self-compla- cent healthfulness which is the prevailing expression upon the faces of its occupants: A monumental throne stands at the end of the chamber, which is occupied by the Gov- ernor-General when he opens and prorogues Parliament, and during the session by the Speaker, the Hon. George W. Allan. There are three rows of separate desks and chairs in slightly raised tiers on either side of the throne. One of the most important personages in the Senate is the gentleman usher of the black rod, who is attired in a cocked hat, swallow-tail coat, tights, hose, and buckled shoes, and performs exactly two duties annually fora handsome salary. He summons the commoners to the bar of the Upper House, at the opening and proroga- tion of Parliament, and on each occasion makes three solemn and unique bows, which he inherited from his father who held the office beforehim. The remainder of the year he studies assiduously for this exertion. The principal business transacted by the senators is the interchange of personal grievances, and the writing of private let- ters to absent friends. This programme is varied by an occasional saunter in the lobby without, to discuss, arm in arm, the affairs of the nation. There are at present eighty senators, and as the appointments are made by the government, most of them are naturally adherents of Sir John Macdonald. They are addressed as ‘‘ honorable mes- sieurs,’’ following an old English precedent, and their votes are recorded as ‘‘content”’ and ‘‘non-content’’ instead of ‘‘ yea’’ and ‘‘nay.’’ The Senate is the haven of broken- down politicians, past the meridian of life; and among persons who have a democratic disrespect for tradition the senators are known familiarly as the ‘‘ old women.” The proceedings of the Upper House are uniformly dull, and the debates are con- sidered so unimportant that the press takes no cognizance of them. There is one class of THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. legislation of which the senators possess a monopoly. The question of divorce has been relegated to their exclusive dominion, and when an exceptionally interesting case is up for discussion every senator is in his place ; at other times the chamber is sparsely filled. Upon these occasions the press are excluded, which is something like a Roland for an Oliver. The senators keep good hours, meeting at three in the afternoon and ad- journing at six. Itis a rare occurrence for them to meet after dinner or far into the night. Moreover, after the Senate has been in session thirty days, the period necessary to obtain the sessional allowance of one thousand dollars granted to each member, it is frequently adjourned for a whole week in order that a little public business may accumulate for discussion. The library is in the rear of the main build- ing, but is accessible from any portion of it by means of long corridors, and both com- moners and senators can reach its silent precincts without the necessity of making acircuit. It is a polygon of sixteen sides, ninety feet in diameter, and one hundred and thirty feet in height. The floor, galleries, shelves and officials’ desks areall of Canadian pine, beautifully carved and polished, and in the center of the building a youthful presentment in marble of her Majesty towers to a height of fifteen feet. There is nothing remarkable about this statue except that it strikes one as being entirely out of harmony with its surroundings, and is another per- petuation of the unconquerable juvenility with which her Majesty seems to be gifted-— in marble. On the ground floor there are eight little alcoves, filled with statutory and legal literature, which are specially reserved for the use of members ; and every afternoon before the House sits, a number of self- important looking gentlemen representing country constituencies can be seen consult- ing prodigious tomes of parliamentary lore, and taking copious notes for the compilation of acts which never get any further than the standing committees. Such indefatigable industry is commendable, nevertheless, and accomplishes its object, which is to put the said gentlemen on record before their sup- porters. In the House they are generally conspicuous by their silence. Two other galleries, with alcoves corresponding with those below, surround the entire building.

Page 5

THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE, THE LIBRARY OF PARLIAMENT, OTTAWA and it is in these that the lighter literature is stored, and to which any person recom- mended by a member of the legislature, or approved of by the librarian, is admitted. The library contains two hundred and fifteen thousand volumes, and perhaps the best collection of French general literature in America. Although it is called the Parlia- mentary library,it is really national in charac- ter, and competent authorities have declared that it is hardly less complete than the national collection at Washington. Im- mediately adjoining the library is the read- ing room, in which the world’s newspapers are kept on file, and @he walls of which are covered with oil paintings of Canadian worthies, the position of honor being filled by a full-length portrait of Lord Dufferin. The House of Commons was built with little regard to sanitary considerations. It is in the western side of the main building, surrounded on all sides by dark, narrow lobbies, and obtains light and ventilation only from the roof. The interior of the cham- ber has the appearance of a chess-board divided by a central passage, at the western side of which, on a raised dais, carpeted and The canopied, stands the Speaker’s chair. desks are ranged in pairs on either side of the Speaker, the Conservatives sitting on his right hand, and the Opposition on his left. The front seats of the former are called the Ministerial or Treasury benches and are oc- cupied by Sir John A. Macdonald and his colleagues in the Cabinet. The upholstery is of a dark green, which affords a pleasant relief to tired eyes during a protracted debate, and the elegance of the Senate is replaced by a simplicity almost suggestive of fatigue. The strangers’ gallery runs all round the building, but it is portioned off with a touch- ing regard for the distinctions in social cir- cles, and the proprieties. To the Speaker’s gallery, wuich is immediately opposite the chair, none are admitted except with a ticket from the Speaker, and every night it iscrowd- ed with beautiful women from all parts of the Dominion. Naturally enough it is in this part of the gallery that the buzz of conversa- tion is most continuous; in the ladies’ and general galleries there is occasionally to be detected some show of attention to the de- bates. This is especially noticeable in the ladies’ gallery, which, strangely enough, is

Page 6

Str HECTOR LANGEVIN, — a THE Hon. EDGAR Minister of Public 7 a DEWDNEY, Works. : Minister of the : Interior. Sirk JOHN S. D THOMPSON, Minister of jJus- tice. SiR ADOLPHE CARON, THE Hon. CHARLES TUPPER, Minister of Militia. Minister of Marine and Fisheries. THE CABINET OF CANADA,

Page 7

THE Hon. J. A. eS : THE Hon. GEORGE CHAPLEAU, tj : 2" Rhy FOSTER, Secretary of .s : Minister of Finance. State. THE Hon. JOHN COSTIGAN, Minister of / Internal / Revenue. THE Hon. JOHN CARLING THE Hon. JOHN HENRY Popr, Minister of Agriculture. Minister of Railways and Canals THE CABINET OF CANADA,

Page 8

526 almost entirely occupied by men, the feminine element having a preference for the general and senators’ galleries on the eastern side of the building. At the northern end of the chamber hangs a portrait of Queen Victoria. It is a gigantic production. Her Majesty is represented in the first blush of her woman- hood, about fifteen feet in height, in all the pomp and circumstance of her coronation. There is a smile upon her features, evidently intended by the artist as a combination of meekness and nobility, but which, in the uncertain light which involves this end of the chamber, seems to indicate that she is oppressed with a haunting suspicion that her gown is dreadfully out of fashion, as indeed it is, and that consequently she is the cynosure of all the feminine eyes in the gal- leries. The press gallery hangs just over the Speaker’s chair, below the public gallery, so that the reporters can see as well as hear every member of the House. Those who have had any experience in stenography know what a great aid this is to correct re- porting. The Conservative press occupy the chairs to the right of the Speaker, immedi- ately above their leaders, the Liberals being seated on the left. It is eight o’clock in the evening. The chamber is glowing with electric lights ; the Speaker's gallery is resplendent with beauty and fashion, and the other galleries are dark with interested spectators. Sud- denly electric bells ring all through the THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. buildings, the sergeant-at-arms enters with the mace, which is laid upon the clerk’s table in the center aisle; the Speaker fol- lows and mounts to his chair, and the members come trooping in, mostly attired in what Thackeray sarcastically termed ‘‘sables and starch,’’ to wit, evening dress. In another moment the press gallery bustles with attentive scribes, and the Speaker is for some moments kept busy reading mo- tions, notices, and resolutions. It is here that the French language is officially recog- nized, all routine being read and printed in both English and French. In debate French is seldom employed, as most of the Quebec members are thoroughly conversant with English, and speak it when on their feet. A number of little pages in Eton jackets, breeches, black stockings, and noiseless patent shoes are gathered at the foot of the Speaker’s chair, and they run softly and swiftly among the desks, wherever the snap- ping of a legislative finger summons them. We will now scan the House, commencing with the Treasury benches. The Premier, Sir John A. Macdonald, G.C.B., D.C.L., etce., is undoubtedly the greatest personality in the House of Com- mons, or, indeed, in the Dominion. He is now seventy-five years of age, but increas- ing years appear only to rejuvenate instead of to weigh him down. His friends and enemies note with different feelings that every session he resumes his duties in the House with a fresh stock of youthfulness and en- ergy. His head is some- what of the oblong type, and his features are gen- erous and irregular. His nose is large and promi- nent, rather Hebraic in shape; his lips thin and firm; and his chin is of that delicate narrowness, square withal, which at once denotes the man born a leader among men, with the firmness and resolute- ness of purpose necessary tocommand. He is clean shaven, after the manner of the old school of politi- cians, and his hair, though THE THRONE ROOM. it has receded from off a

Page 9

THE noble forehead, wrinkled with the cares of state-craft, grows in luxuriant profu- sion around the sides and back of his head. When he shakes his head, in a laughing passage -of - arms, across the floor of the House, with Sir Richard Cart- wright, the redoubtable cynic of the Opposition, his long hair sways to and fro upon his shoulders, like the mane of an old lion, in cheerful defiance. And he is an old lion—the ‘‘ Grand Old Man”’ of the Dominion, and one of perhaps half a dozen of the world’s greatest personalities of to-day. The most striking feature of his face, into which a stranger could not take the merest glimpse without becoming immedi- ately impressed with the fact that he was in the presence ofa great man, is his eyes, which are as keen and as full of vitality and observa- tion as those of a stripling of twenty. In his place in the House nothing escapes him, and he sits through the debates until the small hours with unflagging interest and an endurance really remarkable. He istall and erect, and bears himself with something of military alertness. In his dress he is most scrupulous. He generally wears a black diagonal morning coat and vest, and a col- lar of the Gladstone shape. Sometimes, however, he appears in a tailless and jaunty Bohemian velvet coat ; but there is one pecul- iarity of his dress which he seldom varies: he has a penchant for bright-red London ties, and except when in evening dress, rarely wears any other hue. Several people have endeavored to discover. the secret of Sir John’s London tie-maker, but in vain ; the genius remains an interesting incognito. He has retained throughout a long career of political strife and diplomacy a most hearty appreciation and toleration of the younger men who possess talent and inexperience on both sides of the House, and alsothat which is reserved for only a sunny genius to pos- sess, the wrong side of forty, a never-failing store of genuine hearty laughter and keen wit, which serves to keep him in touch with all the members of the rising light brigade CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. THE REPORTERS’ GALLERY. of his party. There is nothing which he enjoys so much as to slip away to the back benches during a dragging debate, and, sur- rounded by a little group of the ‘‘ boys,’ recount battles of his own early manhood. Sir John seldom makes a long speech, but when he rises in the House an absolute hush of expectancy falls on both sides of the Speaker’s chair. He is not an eloquent man, nor indeed a fluent speaker ; he makes frequent pauses to seize the word he requires, and, now that his voice is rather weaker than in the old days, he rarely attempts oratori- cal thunder. He is very epigrammatic and witty, and some of his brief retorts and asides have the infection and brilliancy of Sheridan, and make more impression than a speech of four hours’ labored argument. It is not, however, his utterances in the House, nor the wonderful administrative ability of which he is possessed, that enable him to exercise such an immense and almost un- precedented influence in the political life of the country, but his marvelous personal magnetism, which reconciles hundreds of conflicting interests and prejudices, and molds all to his purpose. Mr. Gladstone is the only other political leader in the world whose power approaches that of Sir John ; but then Mr. Gladstone can make poetry of figures, and of bare facts the most enthralling romance. Some of Sir John’s political op- ponents have been pleased, on several occa- sions, from their seats in the House, to pay

Page 10

THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. gray, the darker shade predominating ; he wears side whiskers, the remainder of his face being clean shaven, and disclosing firm, tightly closed lips and a massive jaw. In the House during a debate his face was particularly noticeable for its impenetrable mask of stoical interest in the arguments of his adver- saries, and the calm, possessed look in his dark, deep-set eyes. He is essentially a diplomat, versed in all the intricacies of the art of ‘‘ outward seem- ing,’’ and in speech was courteous and mildly depre- catory, with occasional outbursts of biting sarcasm. In his youth he was a most trenchant and aggressive speaker, but he has in the maturity of his powers chosen apparently more inoffensive, but more cun- ning, weapons. Heisa fluent speaker, and can at will ascend to heights of rhetorical effect which en- chain the interest of his audience. The present minister of finance, the Hon. George Foster, is a remarkable instance of what brains and sterling integrity can accomplish in democratic Canada. Hc is a descend- HON, PETER MITCHELL. him the compliment of asserting that the Govern- ment is a ‘‘one-man’”’ power, and that his sup- porters regard him as a sort of infaliible divine providence. Others of them have the same opin- ion of him which the elder Hawthorne entertained of a brother author, whom hecalled ‘thevery pimple of the age’s humbug.”’ The country, however, rallies round the old man at the polls, and he tows his acknowl- edgments to his critics with amused unconcern. Although Sir Charles Tupper is no longer a member of the Cabinet, I think that he is so intimately con- nected with the destinies and government of the country as High Commissioner for Canada in Lon- don, that this article would be incomplete without some mention of him. Americans will remember him asthe Canadian plenipotentiary in the Fisheries Conference at Washington in 1887. He at that time also fulfilled the duties of Finance Minister, and his capacity for making figures and blue-book statistics argue just what he wanted them to, almost equaled Mr. Gladstone’s talent in the same direc- tion. He is a man of medium stature, and rather inclined to rotundity. He has a large head cov- ered with a sufficiency of black hair mingled with HON. E. BLAKE. ant of a United Empire loyalist, and his conduct is characteristic of the determined habit of his ancestors of clinging to what he conceives to be right foritsownsake. He was originally a school- HON. JOHN HAGGART,

Page 11

THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. master, entered politics as an ardent temper- ance advocate, and straightway took his place in the van of progression and reform. In a wonderfully short period he was invested with a portfolio as Minister of Marine and Fisheries, and upon the appointment of Sir Charles as Canadian Commissioner, he was promoted to the second place in the Cabinet. He is atall, spare man, a confirmed bachelor, and there is something academic in the polished equableness of his speeches and the general neatness of his appearance. Sir Hector Langevin, Minister of Public Works, has a splendid reputation as a clear- headed administrator in parliamentary com- mittees and in the Privy Council, where the machinery of government is formulated and shaped ready for the sanction of the House. He is not effective in debate, and rarely does more than answer inquiries touching matters connected with hisdepartment. He isshort, with a growing tendency to embonpoint, and has all the appearance of a suave and shrewd bourgeots. The Hon. J. A. Chapleau, Secretary of State, has acquired the reputation of being the most eloquent man in Canada. He is essentially a tribune of the people, and a typical Frenchman. There are few men possessed of real powers of oratory, and fewer still who look orators at first sight. Mr. Chapleau is a most impassioned speaker, and his eloquence is confirmed by his appearance, or rather the latter at once reveals the char- acter and ability of the man. His logic is of the kind of which the old Greek poet wrote, ‘‘The thought spontaneous rising, or by some god inspired.”’ It is fascinating and bewildering in its vehemence and startling intensity. One listens, and is carried up- ward as it seems upon wave after wave of rapid thought, which has the paralyzing effect of a brilliant pyrotechnic display upon the reason, and it is only when it is all finished that. one can begin to harbor a sus- picion that all this brilliancy has not completely destroyed the opposing argu- ments. In the House of Commons, at the bar, or on the platform, Mr. Chapleau sweeps away every obstacle before him; his elo- quence is almost irresistible, but when seen in cold print next morning it is not so convincing. This is the fate of most popu- lar speakers of his class. He is a tall, splendidly proportioned man, always dressed 529 in dark colors, with the red button of the Legion d’Honneur in his coat. Itisthe only ornament he wears. He has the face and head of apoet. His black hair is interspersed with gray, and is long and wavy; and in the excitement of his discourse, and the rapid gestures with which he lends additional emphasis to his words, his hair often strays over his fine brow, and he has a knack of suddenly dashing it backward with his hand, which is very effective. His dark eyes passing through the whole gamut of emo- tions in a minute, flashing beneath heavy brows, his high, patrician nose and mobile mouth at once proclaim him a man to move crowds, and he is indeed the idol of the French-Canadian population. Sir Adolphe Caron, the Minister of Militia, is another Frenchman, but the very antith- esis of Mr. Chapleau. He is the Beau-Brum- mel of the capital. His handsome features seem to express nothing but acquiescent indolence of the most pronounced aristocratic quality ; the discussions of the House do not seem to concern him in the least. For the greater part of the time he is engaged in wiping his eye-glass with deliberative calm- ness, or caressing his really magnificent mustache. He is the mirror of transatlantic fashions, and his clothes come direct from Poole’s. He seldom speaks except in direct connection with his department; but, when he does so, he always uses good nervous English, and comes to the point with military directness. He is a descendant of an old French family, and his manners are stamped with the old traditions of his ancestry. Not- withstanding the fact that he is a great dandy, he is possessed of no inconsiderable administrative ability, and discharges the duties of his department with dispatch and efficiency. If one has formed one’s ideas of what a cabinet minister should look like from a perusal of Disraeli’s political novels or Ouida’s luscious melanges, it is with rather a rude shock of surprise that one receives an introduction to the Hon. John Carling, Minister of Agriculture. He is a tall, well- preserved, handsome old gentleman, and looks like a country squire out of one of George Eliot's books. The stranger upon first seeing him feels an instinctive desire to ask him what he thinks of America; he looks so English. He is, in fact, a retired

Page 12

530 brewer, a son of one of the pioneers who built up the province of Ontario, and though an infrequent and not impressive speaker, he is a good business man, and takes a deep interest in the agricultural affairs of the country. The Hon. John Henry Pope, Minister of Railways and Canals, and the Hon. Mac- kenzie Bowell are both earnest, effective members of the Cabinet ; and the Hon. John Costigan, nervous and hesitant in speech, is a hard-working and successful Minister of Inland Revenue. The Hon. John Haggart, as Postmaster General, is in a position admi- rably fitted for the exercise of his business tact and ability. The Hon. Charles H. Tupper, who, in the recent changes in the Cabinet, was promoted from the back benches to the position of Minister of Marine and Fisheries, is a hand- some young man, very like his father Sir Charles, whom he has evidently taken as his model in both appearance and style. He emulates the thunder which poured from the present high commissioner’s lips in early days, and his arguments are delivered with a sort of sledge-hammer force, often mixed with that sort of banter which goes to the quick, and enrages if it does not convince. He is quick and impulsive in his reasoning, and is fast earning an extended reputation as a forcible and ready public speaker. He is particularly nice in his dress and some- thing of a fop, and is often to be seen puff- ing clouds of smoke from a big German meerschaum in the lobbies, attired in a sybaritic déshabillé costume, which recalls Maclise’s portrait of Disraeli when he was a social lion and a political cub. Mr. Tupper is far beyond this stage, however, and is a young man of great promise. The Hon. Edgar Dewdney, Minister of the Interior, is another of Sir John’s adherents recently invested with the dignity of a port- folio. Healso has achieved a reputation asa man of fashion, always /ivé a quatre epingles, but he is also a capable and keen politician. His utterances are at all times comprehen- sive and concise, and he occasionally reaches the point of genuine oratory. The last but one of the most important offices in the Cabinet is that of the Minister of Justice, the duties of which are discharged by Sir John S. D. Thompson with conspicu- ous ability. Everything about the man is THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. indicative of the even, judicia! character of his mind. He has a calm, steadfast looking face, of that type which one feels is exactly in harmony with the woolsack and its sur- roundings ; and hisclothes, although always in the quietest taste, are cut in the style of about ten years ago, with the open waistcoat and generous expanse of shirt-front. The uniform dark colors in which he dresses, and the somber professional look of his long frock coat, however, destroy any impression of vulgar ostentation this description might possibly convey. In his manner, as in his dress, Sir John is one of the most modest of men, and in his. relations with his opponents and colleagues there is something almost deferential in his way of stating his opin- ions ; but his conclusions themselves admit of no change. He never makes long speeches : every word he utters is carefully weighed ; all his sentences are concise, em- phatically to the point, and impregnated with that most dangerous form of polite sarcasm which suggests as many defects as it enumerates. Sir John combines with his brilliant attainments as a counsel with a perpetual retaining fee from the Govern- ment an untiring capacity for work. He is the busiest man in Canada. In debate, when an adversary has the floor, he has a habit of sitting balancing his pen lightly between his fingers, with his eyes literally glued upon the speaker. The whole force of his acutely legal mind is concentrated upon the subject under discussion ; and, having occasionally made a few notes of the sketch- iest description, he will rise to his feet, after atwo or three hours’ speech, and deliberately and rapidly review every argument used by his opponent, refuting each separately with some indisputable authority. His memory for facts is marvelous. The Hon. Edward Blake, the leader of the Opposition, is another eminent lawyer, who has won fame as a politician. He isa fine specimen of manhood, with a _ serious, thoughtful face, with power written in every line of it. He bears a deceptive appearance of age, although his hair is still free from Time’s petty larceny, and is only thinly streaked with gray. He is only fifty-six years of age, and besides being the guiding spirit of the Liberal party he is also the head of the bar in Canada. He is possessed of great powers of argument, and his rhetoric

Page 13

THE CANADIAN LEG/SLATURE. SIR RICHARD CARTWRIGHT. is of that aggressive sort which compels admiration. Upon more than one occasion he has been pressed to contest a constituency in England, and success was assured him, but he preferred to devote his energies to Canada. Hon. Wilfred Laurier, the leader of the Opposition in the absence of his chief, is a comparatively young man for the prominent position he has attained in the political arena. It is a strange circumstance that nearly every prominent man in the Commons has been at one period of his career connected with either the legal or journalistic profes- sion, or both. Mr. Laurier is an instance of this. He abandoned journalism for the law, because the pecuniary rewards of the former profession in his opinion were wholly out of proportion to the intellectual attainments requisite to success ; and, as he frankly con- fesses, he was acknowledged to be a power- ful and trenchant writer, for in proof of their sincere admiration of his literary achieve- ments many persons instituted legal proceed- ings for libel against him for enormous amounts. It was then that he conquered his natural vanity and left journalism. He admits that in turning his attention to politics he embarked upon a career even less HON. WILFRED LAURIER, remunerative than his original love, for he has since learned that there are few ‘‘ loaves and fishes’’ for a politician on the Opposi- tion benches. ‘Mr. Laurier is a descendant of the old French zod/esse, and is in appear- ance decidedly distingué. He is a little above the average height, and the slightness of his form is accentuated by the tightly buttoned, close-fitting frock coat which he habitually wears. He is the beau-ideal of a French aristocrat of a past generation, and in his intercourse with his political oppo- nents and in his social life his speech and manners are invariably characterized by the courtly grace of the old monarchical France. His head is somewhat elongated in shape ; his features are regular and hand- some, and suggestive of the clear intellect of which he is possessed. He wears neither beard normustache, and is one of the few men who can dispense to advantage with hirsute adornment. He is always fault- lessly dressed, and wears no ornaments whatever. His lips are thin and refined, expressive of great firmness and conscious ability ; his eyes are keen and full of dis- From the moment of passionate calmness. his début into politics he was marked as a man of more than average ability, and his

Page 14

532 eloquence has earned him the title of the silver-tongued orator. His mind is legal without being oppressively so, and his state- ments are marshaled with a confidence which almost carries conviction with it. He is equally forcible in either French or English, and has a wonderful command of language. One trick of his while in his place in the House is worth noticing on account of its peculiarity. He has a habit of folding his arms on the desk before him, and sitting with his face in his hands during the debate, apparently asleep and wholly unconscious of what is being discussed. Many strangers are deceived by this posture of indifference. Mr. Laurier really absorbs every argument that is put forth, and some- times springs up with amazing energy toa question of order when a speaker wanders from the subject in debate. A sad contrast to Sir John A. Macdonald is the old palsied man who sits opposite him in the House. He is the Hon. Alexan- der Mackenzie, premier of Canada in 1878, and for many years leader of the Opposition. Sir John and he are contemporaries,—the one all life and vigor ; the other broken in health and spirits, merely awaiting the inevitable: the one so successful that his luck has be- come proverbial ; the other the relic of defeat and disaster. The old man still retains his accustomed place in the House, and sits in an apparently comatose state, neither hearing nor seeing what is going on around him. His eyes are dim, his form bent, and his body is racked with an uncontrollable and continual tremor. Occasionally he makes a brief remark, and a dead hush falls upon the House to catch his feeble words, while his supporters literally support him on his feet. Sir Richard Cartwright has the least pretensions of any member of the legislature to physical beauty, but he is one of the most accomplished and cynical gentlemen in the Dominion. There is something lordly about his appearance, which is doubtless a com- pensation for this lack of good looks. This impression is strengthened by the cdldly critical stare of his gray eyes through the gold-rimmed spectacles which have become indissolubly associated with one’s mind in picturing him. Although his language is THE CANADIAN LEGISLATURE. beautiful and his elocution perfect, he can not arouse the enthusiasm even of his own party, because there is an indefinable air of repres- sion in his mien and mentality. Hecan be when he chooses as suave and persuasive as an Eastern sophister, but he generally allows his indifference and wit to flow unbridled from his lips, and while universally admired has never succeeded in achieving popularity. Another adept with the rapier of sarcasm is Mr. Louis Davies, a vigorous, tall, intel- lectual man, in the zenith of his powers, whose bitter and frequent attacks upon the Government have won for him the admira- tion and attention of the Treasury benches. There are many more notable figures on both sides of the House, but space forbids more than an honorable mention in this paper. The Hon. Peter Mitchell, the leader and the sole representative of the Third or Independent party, is a man of great ability, notwithstanding his decided egotism and eccentricities ; the Hon. David Mills is one of the pillars ofthe Liberal party ; Mr. Nicholas Flood Davin is one of the most voluble and promising members of the Conservative element; and Messrs. Mulock, Chariton, Paterson and Brant are all prominent factors in the strength of the Liberal organization. The gray streaks of dawn, however, are struggling through the skylight above and contesting with the incandescent lights for supremacy; the debate is over; the Speaker utters the sacramental words, ‘‘ Call the members ;"’ electric bells ring in all parts of the building, and the ‘‘ Whips’”’ file out to rally their supporters for the final struggle. A few minutes’ grace are allowed, and then the doors are closed and the clerk reads out the roll, every member rising to his name and recording his decision. It is an in- tensely interesting scene. The result is then proclaimed, and it is all over. The sergeant-at-arms shoulders the mace, the Speaker dons his cocked hat, and the gal- leries are rapidly disgorged of their spec- tators. The vanquished makea rush for the green baize doors, accompanied by the yells and cat-calls of the victorious party. In another five minutes a dead silence prevails in the corridors, the electric lights go out, and we drive back to the hotel.

Page 15

THE INAUGURATION OF THE FIRST PRESIDENT. By CHARLES E. Dowr. EW events in American history compare with the sim- ple yet momentous and sublime one that occurred in Wall Street a century ago, when George Washington took the oath of office as the first President of the United States. And New York city may justly feel proud that upon her soil the ‘‘ Father of His Country” was crowned, and the machinery of the new Constitu- tional Government set in motion. This inaugural ceremony was performed April 30, 1789, amid a group of Revolutionary patriots and eminent statesmen, on the balcony of the old Federal Hall that stood on the site now occupied by the United States Sub-Treasury, Wall and Nassau Streets. The inauguration, the cen- tennial anniversary of which the nation will celebrate by a magnificent civic, military, and naval demon- stration, has been commemorated by a statue of Wash- ington that overlooks the financial center of America. This massive figure, in the heart of an alluring and exciting life of stock speculations, adorns the steps of the Sub-Treasury. Engraved upon the granite block supporting the pedestal is this indelible inscription, which reminds the passer-by of the ceremony, which it records, of one hundred years ago : On this site, in Federal Hall, April 30, 1789, ‘GEORGE WASHINGTON: : Took the oath of office as the . First President Of the United States Of America. The feet of the statue rest upon the identical stone upon which Wash- ington stood while he was taking the oath. With the inauguration of Washington the National Republic began. It was the dawn of a new era in political, social, and commercial life, marking an epoch which all true Americans of the past and present century loved and love to recall. For the oceasion itself, America offered no spot more appropriate, prominently and honorably iden- tified with the history of national freedom and independence. Craving lofty figures fora memorable scene, the human mind loves to decorate with fitting circumstance the fulfill- ment of great affairs. And for this event all such conditions were satisfied. The scene was set with every ample preparation of historic significance and patriotic association, with the most famous actors, with most auspicious anticipation. But how changed are the surroundings ! The Wall Street of 1789 was long ago obliterated. It was then the seat of government, the residence of statesmen, foreign ministers, and the home of fashion—the center of a small and struggling community. All the buildings and land-marks of the Revolutionary age have gone before the march of enterprising wealth and modern improvemg¢nts. To-day it is the recognized financial heart of America. Although the vast competitidns and contentions of capital and enterprise, which involve the prosper- ity of states and nations, have overlaid the plain scene of political strife with a field of cloth of gold, yet still the hallowed soil is here. The swarming street is but a picture painted over. The Declaration of Independence was read from the balcony of the hall that stood on 38

Page 16

534 | this sacred spot ; the final deliberations of the Continental Congress were held here, and here the first Federal Congress met to con- sider and enact the initial measures of the youthful government that determined the policy and destiny of the nation. The place to-day is surrounded by inspiring and lofty memories. Only three blocks distant still stands the ancient and famous inn where the heroic commander-in-chief tenderly parted with his officers. The very air of this locality seems to breathe a spirit of American patriotism that was so pronounced when our Govern- ment was inaugurated. New York city, having been the scene of the grand inauguration of Washington, is naturally the proper place for the celebra- tion of its one hundredth anniversary. The metropolis will, therefore, take an important part in that observance. Prominent and wealthy New-Yorkers started the movement for the commemoration of the great cere- mony of 1789 in the spring of 1888, and have been actively engaged since then perfect- ing the ‘‘plan and scope’”’ of the public- spirited and patriotic undertaking. The proverbial ‘‘ oldest inhabitant ’’ does not probably live who could describe, from personal observation, the scenes in Wall Street on April 30, 1789. And there are comparatively few persons in New York or anywhere, outside of the students of history, who could tell where and when the inaugu- ration occurred, or who know how Manhat- tan Island looked in that far-off past. Let us fancy we are visiting New York as it was when Washington was inaugurated— ‘‘ walk with me about the town:"’ The city at that time had a population of between twenty and twenty-five thousand—a mere speck on the island compared with the great metropolis densely crowded as it is now, with two million five hundred thou- sand or more people. The limit of the city proper was near Chambers Street, or about a mile from the Battery, the lower extremity as it exists at the present time. Above Chambers Street the country was undulat- ing and hilly, and covered with farms and cow-pastures. Scattered from river to river all the way to Harlem and Kingsbridge were cottages, houses, and picturesque coun- try seats of wealthy citizens. The old ‘*Boston Post Road’’ ran eastward from THE INAUGURATION OF THE FIRST PRESIDENT. Madison Square, and thence, in a circuitous route, to Harlem, where it terminated. The ‘‘ Bowery Lane,”’ out of which our pres- ent Bowery grew, ran, part of the way up town under the name of the ‘‘ Bloomingdale Road,’’ to Kingsbridge, whence there was a highway to Albany. From the ‘‘ Blooming- dale Road,’’ ‘‘Love Lane’”’ (now Twenty- first Street) ran westward to the North River. Along Chambers Street were numerous bar- racks left practically as they were during the Revolution. Butthey were remodeled some- what, and leased as dwellings by the corpora- tion of the city, which owned them. These barracks were built during the French War, of logs, about one story high, with gable roofs. They were inclosed by a wall, with a gate at each end. From the eastern end, familiarly known as ‘‘ Tryon’s Gate,’’ was derived the name of the present Tryon Row, which is opposite the entrance to the great East River bridge. Broadway, above the location of the City Hall Park, was known as St. George Country Road, but below that point it always bore its present name. On this road, at Canal Street, there was a stone bridge over a canal, from which that thor- oughfare took its name. At one time a project was on foot to enlarge and deepen the canal to enable vessels to pass from river to river, but this was abandoned, and the stream was afterward filled up. This loca- tion, which to-day is probably as low as any part of the city, was surrounded by marshy lands that bred fever and ague among the inhabitants. A fresh-water pond, known as the ‘‘ Collect,’’ sparkled where the dismal Tombs Prison is now standing. This pond, in winter, was the popular resort of skaters, whose sport on the ice was witnessed daily by hundreds of spectators who gathered on the slope existing to-day from Broadway to Center Street. Near the junction of Park Row (formerly Chatham Street) and Roose- velt Street there was a bubbling spring as clear as crystal. The celebrated ‘‘ tea- water pump,”’’ that helped to supply the city with pure drinking-water, was also located here. Various wells were found in the lower section of the city, but they furnished brack- ish water that was too unwholesome for the table. North of where Chambers Street now is was the Commons, a small uninclosed park, which was rendered famous as the scene of political meetings and demonstra-

Page 17

THE INAUGURATION OF THE FIRST PRESIDENT. tions. On the other side of Chambers Street were the Bridewell and old Provost jails, the Alms-House, and House of Correction. The Bridewell stood at the west end of our City Hall Park. Between it and the Alms-House was the public scaffold. The City Hospital was in a “‘five-acre lot,’’ surounded by a fence on the road near Reade Street. This was a three-story brick building with a gable roof and a high cupola. The thickest settled portion of the city did not extend beyond Vesey Street. Upon the northeast corner of this street and Broadway, where the Astor House stands, was a double brick two-story house, with a gable roof and dormer windows, while on the opposite cor- ner was the ancient St. Paul’s Chapel. Han- over Square was considered the commercial district. All the large principal stores and other business establishments were centered here, but there were some private houses and mansions, the homes of merchants, in the same neighborhood. One of the most conspicuous public build- ings was Fraunces’ Tavern, or ‘‘ Black Sam’s Tavern,’’ so called on account of the swarthy complexion of Samuel Fraunces, the proprie- tor. This was rendered famous at the time and in the history of America by Washing- ton, who occupied it as his headquarters during the Revolution, and as the place where, on December 4, 1783, he took final leave of his officers and comrades-in-arms. This memorable structure, or the lower por- tion of it, stands intact on the corner of Pearl (then Queen Street) and Broad Streets. It is made of Holland brick. A century ago it was a two-story building, with a gable roof and dormer windows. Two stories were added to it, but the two lower floors are in substantially the same shape as when occu- pied by Washington. There is a weather- beaten sign reading ‘‘Washington’s Head- quarters ’’ over the main entrance. Among the other public houses in New York at the time was one near the old ‘‘ Fly Market,’’ which, in 1822, gave way to Ful- ton Market ; Smith’s Tavern, in the same neighborhood; the Macomb House, that afterward became the Presidential Mansion, on Broadway, near Wall Street, and the Bull’s Head Hotel in the Bowery Lane. The Bull’s Head was a two-story, gable-roofed country tavern surrounded hy cattle-pens. Coffee nd tea houses were numerous and popular 535 in various parts of the city. There was one theater, which was in John Street. It was erected during the occupation of the city by the British, and was used by the army officers and others for amateur theatricals. After his inauguration, Washington and some of the public men of the time attended performances at this theater. The custom- house was in the Government building erected on the site of the old fort, which was located on Bowling Green. The post-office was kept in the postmaster’s house in Wil- liam Street. One room, twenty-five by thirty- five feet, and containing about one hundred boxes, was where the mail was distributed. Sebastian Bauman, the first postmaster of the city subsequent to the Revolution, was appointed by Washington. This post-office was enlarged to accommodate the demands of the increasing population, but it remained in the same place until 1827, when it was re- moved to Wall Street. At the foot of Park Place was the venerable Columbia College. There were several churches in the city, and the religious sentiment predominated largely in the daily life of its inhabitants. The Reformed Dutch Church was the prevailing denomination. The Episcopalian, the next oldest denomination, was introduced soon after the cession 6f the city to the English. The ancient Trinity Church belonged to this class. It was built in 1696, enlarged in 1737, destroyed by fire in 1776, and rebuilt in 1788. The manners and customs of the citizens were still primitive. The Dutch language prevailed,and many of the signs seen over business places were in Dutch. Every house- holder swept the street in front of his home twice a week. Oil lamps were used for light- ing the streets. Coal was unknown. Hick- ory wood was the chief fuel. Early every morning milkmen walked through thestreets bearing yokes, similar to those used by farmers in New England to-day, on their shoulders, from which dangled tin cans, and crying, ‘‘ Milk, ho!’’ Water from the ‘‘tea- water pump’”’ was carried about in carts and retailed at a penny a gallon. The chim- neys were swept by small negro boys, who went their rounds at daybreak shouting, ‘‘Sweep, ho! sweep, ho! from the bottom to the top without a ladder. Sweep, ho!’’ The men wore long Continental coats, with brass buttons and side pockets, knee-breeches, low shoes with big buckles, and three-cor-

Page 18

nered hats. Ruffled shirts, lace sleeves, satin vests, white silk stock- ings, powdered hair, which was combed back and tied in a queue, were conspicuous features of the men’s dress. The correct thing, or full dress of gentlemen, however, was composed of cam- bric ruffled shirts, light-colored velvet knee- breeches, silk or satin waistcoats, silk stockings, and low shoes with brass buckles. Ladies wore low-neck dresses, flowing sleeves, hoops, and high Dutch hats. The ordinary dress of the women was, however, more modest. It consisted of a short gown and petticoat of any color and material that suited the taste of the wearer. Wall Street was the center of fashion. It presented a brilliant scene every afternoon. Ladies in showy costumes and gentlemen in silks, satins, velvets, ruffled shirts, and pow- dered periwigs, promenaded up and down the street in front of the City Hall, and on Broadway from St. Paul’s Chapel to the Bat- tery. Broadway was also a popular thorough- fare for driving, and many stylish turnouts were seen every day rattling up and down the street. A liveried footman always rode be- hind each carriage. Horseback riding was also popular, and gentlemen of prominence in state affairs often traveled this way, partly because it gave them exercise and because it was fashionable. The social world was in constant agitation over the arrival of states- men and distinguished people from different parts of the Union and from Europe. At the time of the election and inaugura- tion of Washington, the stages, about ire only means of travel, were few and in out-of- the-way places, had no fixed days for leaving specified points. They were often delayed on the road by storms and accidents. Mails were car- ried from and to NewYork, Albany, Boston, Philadelphia three times a week in summer and once a week in winter. After the adoption of the Constitution on September 13, 1788, it was determined that New York city should be the seat of Con- gress. The change occurred on December 23, 1788. The old City Hallin Wall Street, in which the Continental Congress had been accustomed to meet, was placed by the cor- poration of the city at the disposal of Con- gress, and after reconstruction was known as Federal Hall. The City Hall was built about 1700. It was in the form of an L and open in the middle. The cellar contained dungeons for criminals. The first story had two wide staircases, two large and two small rooms. The middle of the second story was occupied by a court-room, with the assembly room on one side and the magistrate’s room on the other. The debtors’ cells were in the attic. At this time the building was falling to decay, and the depleted treasury furnished no means with which to erect a new structure, or even to remodel the old one. Fortunately, in this emergency, some

Page 19

THE INAUGURATION OF THE FIRST PRESIDENT. of the prominent and wealthy men sub- scribed enough money, some thirty-two thousand dollars, necessary to make the alter- ’ ations. When completed, it was for that period an imposing structure. The first story was made in Tuscan style, with seven open- ings. There were four massive pillars in the center, supporting heavy arches, above which rose four Doric columns. Thirteen stars were ingeniously worked in the panel of the cornice. The other ornamental work con- sisted of an eagle and the national insignia sculptured in the entablature, while over each window were thirteen arrows sur- rounded by olive branches. The Hall of Representatives was an octangular room fifty-eight by sixty-one feet, with an arched ceiling forty-six feet high in the middle. This hall had two galleries, a platform for the speaker, and a separate chair and desk for each member. The windows, which were wide and high, were sixteen feet from the floor, with quaint fire- places under them. The Senate chamber was 537 twenty feet high, with dimensions on the floor of thirty by forty feet. The arch of the ceiling represented a canopy containing thirteen stars, and a canopy of crimson damask hung over the president’s chair. The chairs in the hall were arranged in semicircular form. Three spacious windows opened out on Wall Street. A balcony, twelve feet deep, guarded by a massive iron railing, was over the main entrance on Wall Street, where there was a lofty vestibule paved with marble. While the Federal Hall was being trans- formed, building operations were active in various parts of the city. Private houses and stores were being constructed along the roads in the sparsely populated regions above Chambers Street, while warehouses were springing up along the river front in the lower part of the city. All the mer- chants and mechanics were busy. Business of all kinds was active and vigorous under the stimulus of the new order of things in Federal affairs. Having described the city briefly, I will come down toward the event, the centennial anniversary of which is not far off. The as- sembling of the first Federal Con- gress after the adoption of the Con- j Uy, De! ey / ’ : > / WASHINGTON’S PROCESSION TO NEW YORK.

Page 20

538 stitution was fixed for March 4, 1789: The day was ushered in by the ringing of bells and the boom of cannon. Owing to the severity of the weather, the muddy con- dition of the country roads, and the gen- eral inconveniences of travel, only eight senators and thirteen representatives, not enough for a quorum, were present. Rivers and brooks that were forded at particular places were overflowing their banks, mak- ing this kind of passage impossible. The Raritan River, at New Brunswick, New Jersey, and the Delaware River were crossed in scows, upon which carriages were driven. Travel was so impeded that it was not until over a month later (April 6th) thata quorum of congressmen had assembled. On that date they met and organized. The first business was opening and counting the votes for President and Vice-President, to which offices Washington and John Adams were duly declared elected. Wash- ington left Mount Vernon for New York on the morning of April 16th. Before his de- parture he wrote to Henry Knox that his ‘‘ feelings were not unlike those of a culprit going to the place of execution.’’ Washing- ton wished to make the trip to New York as quietly and with as little show as possible, but he soon found that this was out of the question, owing to the patriotic ardor that was aflame everywhere, and the intense ad- miration for the noble chieftain—so that his journey, instead of being devoid of inci- dent and ostentation, was characterized by the wildest enthusiasm of the citizens all the way from Mount Vernon to Federal Hall. Towns and cities along the route were in the highest pitch of patriotic excitement. They vied with each other in honoring the hero of the Revolution and the first President of a peaceful republic. Among the displays was a long avenue of laurels, through which Washington was escorted at Gray’s Ferry in Pennsylvania, As the President-elect passed under the last arch a boy, concealed in the foliage above, dropped upon his head a hand- some laurel crown. The act aroused enthu- siastic demonstrations among the spectators. A triumphal arch was erected by ladies at Trenton. Riding upon his white charger Washington passed under this, and, as he did so, thirteen beautiful young ladies carry- ing baskets strewed flowers before the hero, at the same time singing an ode especially THE INAUGURATION OF THE FIRST PRESIDENT. composed. Upon reaching Elizabethtown Point, Washington was received by a com- mittee of Congress, composed of Elias Boudinot, Chairman, Robert R. Livingston, Chancellor of the State, Secretary Jay, Secre- tary Knox, the Commissioners of the Treas- ury, Mayor Duane, and Recorder Varick, of New York, and several other officials. A barge, elegantly decorated, and manned by thirteen captains in white uniform, was waiting at this point to convey Washington and his party to thecity. As it moved away, other barges, covered with decorations, fell into line. This procession came through the Kill Von Kull (between New Jersey and Staten Island) and up the bay, gathering in its wake craft of every description. The ves- sels, moving and at anchor, bore some em- blem of rejoicing that was apparently infec- tious. The Spanish man-of-war Galveston displayed a variety of national colors from its rigging. A sloop under full sail con- tained twenty-five gentlemen and ladies, who sang an ode of welcome to the tune of ‘‘ God Save the King,” in which everybody within sound eagerly joined. Band music from boats on every side, continual cheering, and the boom of artillery from the war-vessels and neighboring forts filled the air, echoing and re-echoing over the waters and through- out the city. The landing-place was Murray’s Wharf, near the foot of Wall Street, where there was a ferry. Here the stairs and railings were carpeted and decorated. Governor Clinton formally received the President-elect. An enthusiastic crowd, that had been waiting expectantly at the ferry, made the air ring with tumultuous cheering as he appeared in the street. It was difficult to form a proces- sion among the excited inhabitants, who were desperately struggling with each other in an effort to see George Washington. After some delay, this was finally accomplished. The procession was headed by Colonel Mor- gan Lewis, aided by Majors Morton and Van Horne, all of whom were mounted. The military companies were next in line. Among them were Captain Stokes’s horse- troops, accoutred in the style of Lee’s famous Partisan Legion ; Captain Scriba’s German Grenadiers, wearing blue coats, yellow waistcoats, knee-breeches, black gaiters, and towering cone-shaped hats faced with bear-skin ; Captain Harrison’s New York

Page 21

} ‘ Seewee 5 OxD! ’ sf - i Drawn by Dan. C, Beard, WASHINGTON TAKING THE OATH.

Page 22

THE INAUGURATION OF 540 Grenadiers, composed, in imitation of the Guard of Frederick the Great, of only the tallest and finest looking young men in the city, dressed in blue coats, with red facings and gold-lace embroideries, white waist- coats and white knee-breeches, black leg- gins, and wearing cocked hats trimmed with white feathers; Scotch infantry, in full Highland costume, playing bagpipes. Fol- lowing the military companies were the sheriff of the county, the committee of Con- gress, the President-elect, Secretaries Jay and Knox, Chancellor Livingston, and dis- tinguished men in state affairs, clergymen, and a large number of citizens. Washington was escorted to the Presidential mansion, which stood on the corner of Cherry Street and Franklin Square. Every house and building along the route was decorated with flags, silk banners, floral and evergreen gar- lands.. Men, women, and children of all de- grees flocked through the streets, shout- ing, waving hats and kerchiefs in their almost delirious enthusiasm. The name of Washington was not only upon every lip, but displayed in ornamental arches, under which the procession passed. The official residence was known as the Walter Franklin House. It had been occupied by Samuel Osgood, of the Treasury Board, who moved out to give room to Washington and family. This house was a large, three-story brick structure, with a flat roof. Shortly after arriving at his new home, Washington was called upon and congratulated by Govern- ment officials, foreign ministers, public bodies, military celebrities. and many pri- vate citizens. He dined with Governor Clinton that evening at the latter’s residence in Pearl Street. The city was brilliantly illuminated in the evening, when there was a Fourth-of-July display of fireworks. The city was overrun with visitors and sight-seers from all parts of the country, between the date of Washington’s arrival and his inauguration. All the hotels and even private mansions were crowded. Ex- citement ran high. There was an insatiable desire prevalent to get a look at Washington, who had been described as the noblest, grandest man human eyes ever saw. Old people expressed their readiness to die after having once seen the first President. Impa- tiently everybody waited for the great day, April 3oth, the dawn of a new era ; and when THE FIRST PRESIDENT. it finally came, thecitizens and visitors were absolutely frantic with patriotic fervor. At daybreak a national salute was fired from the fort at the Battery, and within a short time the city was seething with excitement. Of course, all business was suspended. Thousands of men, women, and children in holiday dress, bands and military companies filled the streets. Many people from the surrounding country were arriving by stages and packets. About nine o’clock, bells in every church-tower in the city pealed forth a merry welcome. Then they paused a moment only to resume, but in more meas- ured tones, that summoned the people tothe churches ‘‘to implore the blessing of Heaven on the nation and its chosen President,’’ so universal was the religious sense of the sig- nificance of the event. Meanwhile, military companies were forming at their respective headquarters. They soon appeared in a procession, with bands playing patriotic music, and waving the stars and stripes. Colonel Morgan Lewis was in command. The procession marched to the Presidential mansion and halted. The committee which had charge of the arrangements consisted of Ralph Izard, Tristam Dalton, and Richard Henry Lee, from the Senate ; and Represen- tatives Egbert Benson, Charles Carroll, and Fisher Ames. They escorted Washington from his house amid vociferous cheering. The President-elect rode in a carriage that was called a chariot, drawn by four horses. The route was through Pearl to Broad Street, thence to Wall Street. Arriving in front of Federal Hall, the troops broke ranks. and formed in line on each side of the street. Washington, having alighted from his chariot, and attended by a _ body-guard, walked through the avenue thus made amid intense cheering. He was conducted directly to the Senate Chamber, where Congress had just assembled. Vice-President Adams, who had taken the oath of office a few days pre- viously, met Washington at the entrance and escorted him to the President’s chair. Having made a formal introduction, the Vice-President turned to Washington and gravely addressed him as follows: ‘Sir, the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States are ready to attend you to take the oath required by the Constitution, which will be administered by the Chancel- lor of the State of New York.’’

Page 23

WALL STREET IN 1789. ’ ‘‘T am ready to proceed,’’ was the grave reply. Vice-President Adams then escorted Wash- ington to the balcony, accompanied by con- gressmen and distinguished officials. Wall and Broad Streets and windows and house- tops in every direction were crowded. The tumult ceased. A profound silence, that was awe-inspiring and almost appalling, brooded over the scene immediately preceding the administration of the oath. In the center, between two pillars, stood the commanding figure of Washington. Heworeone of those long Continental coats, dark-brown knee- breeches, white silk stockings, and low shoes with silver buckles. He held his three-cornered hat in his left hand. His hair was powdered and tied behind. On one side of him stood Chancellor Livingston, in a full clerical suit of black; on the other, Vice- President Adams, dressed more showily than Washington. Between Washington and the Chancellor stood Secretary Otis of the Senate, a small, short man, holding a Bible. Conspicuous in the group were Roger Sher- man, General Knox, General St. Clair, and Baron Steuben. The Bible upon which the oath was taken is carefully preserved by St. John’s Masonic Lodge, No. 1, of this State. It bears this inscription: ‘‘On this sacred volume, on the thirtieth day of April, 1789, in the city of New York, was administered to George Washington, the first President of the United States of America, the oath to support the Constitution of the United States.” Chancellor Livingston adminis- tered the oath in slow, distinct words, when ‘the Bible was raised, and as Washington bowed to kiss it, he said gravely, ‘‘I swear,”’ adding fervently, with closed eyes, ‘‘ so help me God."’ **Tt is done,’’ said the Chancellor, who, turning to the spell-bound throng below, exclaimed, ‘‘ Long live George Washington, President of the United States.’’ This was the signal for the outburst of pent-up joy and patriotism. A hurricane of shouts rent the air, and, amid the waving of flags and banners, lasted for several minutes. A flag was immediately displayed over Federal Hallas a sign that the ceremony had been per- formed, and instantaneously all the bells in the city rang out triumphantly, while cannon boomed from fort and fleet in every direction.

Page 24

542 THE INAUGURATION OF Washington bowed low to the vast cheer- ing assemblage and then retired to the Senate Chamber, where he delivered the fol- lowing inaugural address : ‘* FELLOW-CITIZENS OF THE SENATE AND OF THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES : ‘* Among the vicissitudes incident to life, no event could have filled me with greater anxieties than that of which the notification was transmitted by your order, and received on the 14th day of the present month. On the one hand, I was summoned by my coun- try, whose voice I can never hear but with veneration and love, from a retreat which I had chosen with the fondest predilection, and, in my flattering hopes, with an im- mutable decision as the asylum of my de- clining years—a retreat which was rendered every day more necessary as well as more dear to me, by the addition of habit to in- clination, and of frequent interruptions in my health to the gradual waste committed on it by time. On the other hand, the mag- nitude and difficulty of the trust to which the voice of my country called me, being sufficient to awaken in the wisest and most experienced of her citizens a distrustful scrutiny into his qualifications, could not but overwhelm with despondence one who, inheriting inferior endowments from nature, and unpractised in the duties of civil ad- ministration, ought to be peculiarly con- scious of his own deficiencies. In this con- flict of emotions, all I dare aver is, that it has been my faithful study to collect my duty from a just appreciation of every circum- stance by which it might be affected. All I dare hope is, that if in accepting this task, . I have been too much swayed by « remem- brance of former instances, or by an affec- tionate sensibility to this transcendent proof of the confidence of my fellow-citizens and have thence too little consulted my incapac- ity as well as disinclination for the weighty and untried cares before me, my error will be palliated by the motives which misled me, and its consequences be judged by my country with some share of the partiality in which they originated. Such being the im- pressions under which I have in obedience to the public summons repaired to the present station, it will be peculiarly im- proper to omit in this first official act my fervent supplications to that Almighty THE FIRST PRESIDENT. Being who rules over the universe, who pre- sides in the councils of nations, and whose providential aids can supply every human defect, that His benediction may consecrate to the liberties and happiness of the people of the United States, a government insti- tuted by themselves for these essential pur- poses, and may enable every instrument employed in its administration, to execute with success the function allotted to its charge. In tendering this homage to the great Author of every public and private good, I assure myself that it expresses your sentiments not less than my own, nor those of my fellow-citizens at large less than either. No people can be bound to acknow!- edge and adore the invisible hand which conducts the affairs of men more than the people of the United States. Every step by which they have advanced to the character of an independent nation seems to have been distinguished by some token of provi- dential agency. And the important revo- lution just accomplished in the system of their united government, the tranquil delib- erations and voluntary consent of so many distinct communities, from which the event has resulted, cannot be compared with the means by which most governments have been established, without some return of pious gratitude, along with an humble anti- cipation of the future blessings which the past seems to presage. These reflections, arising out of the present crisis, have forced themselves too strongly on my mind to be suppressed. You will join with me, I trust, in thinking that there are none under the influence of which the proceedings of a new agid free government can more auspiciously commence. By the article establishing the Executive Department, it is made the duty of the President to recommend to your con- sideration such measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient. Thecircumstances under which I now meet you will acquit me from entering into the subject, further than to refer to the great constitutional charter under which you are assembled, and which, in defining your powers, designates the ob- jects to which your attention is to be given. It will be more than consistent with these circumstances and far more congenial with the feelings which actuate me, to substitute in place of a recommendation of particular measures, the tribute that is due to the

Page 25

THE INAUGURATION OF THE FIRST PRESIDENT. talents, the rectitude, and the patriotism which adorn the characters selected to de- vise and adopt them. In these honorable qualifications I behold the surest pledges that as, on one side no local prejudices or attachments, no separate views nor party animosities, will misdirect a comprehen- sive and equal eye which ought to watch over this great assemblage of communities and interests ; so on another, that the foun- dations of our national policy will be laid in the pure and immutable principles of private morality, and the pre-eminence of free gov- ernment be exemplified by all the attributes which can win the affections of its citizens and command the respect of the world. I dwell on this prospect with every satisfac- tion which an ardent love for my country can inspire. Since there is no truth more thoroughly established than that there exists in the economy and course of nature an indissoluble union between virtue and hap- piness ; between duty and advantage; be- tween the genuine maxims of an honest and magnanimous policy, and the solid rewards of public prosperity and felicity ; since we ought to be no less persuaded that the pro- pitious smiles of Heaven can never be ex- pected on a nation that disregards the eternal rule of order and right, which Heaven itself has ordained ; and since the preservation of the sacred fire of liberty and the destiny of the republican model of government, are justly considered as deeply, perhaps as finally staked on the experiment entrusted to the hands of the American people. Besides the ordinary objects submitted to your care, it will remain with your judgment to de- cide how far an exercise of the occasional power delegated by the fifth article of the Constitution, is rendered expedient at the present juncture by the nature of objections which have been urged against the system, or by the degree of inquietude which has given birth to them. Instead of undertaking particular recommendations on this subject, in which I would be guided by no lights derived from official opportunities, I shall again give way to my entire confidence in your discernment and pursuit of the public good. For I assure myself that whilst you carefully avoid every alteration which might endanger the benefits of a united and effect- ive government, or which ought to await the future lessons of experience ; a reverence 543 for the characteristic rights of freemen, and a regard for the public harmony, will suffi- ciently influence your deliberations on the question, how far the former can be more impregnably fortified, or the latter be safely and advantageously promoted. To the pre- ceding observations I have one to add, which will be most properly addressed to the House of Representatives. It concerns myself, and will, therefore, be as brief as possible. When I was first honored with a call into the ser- vice of my country, then on the eve of an arduous struggle for its liberties, the light in which I contemplated my duty required that I should renounce every pecuniary compensation. From this resolution I have in no instance departed. And being still under the impressions which produced it, I must decline as inapplicable to myself any share in the personal emoluments which may be indispensably included in a perma- nent provision for the Executive Depart- ment, and must accordingly pray that the pecuniary estimates for the station in which I am placed may, during my continuance in it, be limited to such actual expenditures ‘as the public good may be thought to require. Having thus imparted to you my sentiments as they have been awakened by the occasion which brings us together, I shall take my present leave, but not without resorting once more to the benign Parent of the human race in humble supplication—that since he has been pleased to favor the American people with opportunities for deliberating in perfect tranquillity and dispositions for deciding with unparalleled unanimity on a form of government, for the security of their union and the advancement of their happiness, so His divine blessings may be equally conspic- uous in the enlarged views, the temperate consultations, and the wise measures on which the success of this Government must depend.”’ As soon as the ceremonies were over, President Washington, accompanied by the Vice-President, Chancellor Livingston, mem- bers of the Cabinet, and other prominent officials, proceeded to St. Paul’s Chapel, where a special devotional service was con- ducted by Bishop Provost, a chaplain in Congress. The modest little edifice was crowded to the doors. The service was im- pressive and solemn. After it ended, the President was escorted to his mansion.

Page 26

THE REAL GEORGE WASHINGTON. By FRANK G. CARPENTER, HE world of to-day knows but little of the real George Washington. His biographers, in their desire to make him all that was great, good, and noble, have succeeded in eliminating the humanity from his character; and the brave general and stately president who struts with fixed coun- tenance through their pages is a man of stone, poorly carved by literary sculptors, rather than one of flesh and blood. Itis not the aim of this article to detract or to take away one iota from General Washington’s noble character. The writer admires him as much as did the iconoclastic Sparks or the fiddling parson Weems, and he does not think it detracts from his greatness to know that with it all he was made of the same clay as other men, that he liked the good things of this life and enjoyed its pleasures, that he could tell a joke at times and grow angry at an insult. He believes the world will love General Washington better when it knows George Washington the man,— and that Washington was a man, in every sense of the word, is found between the lines of every page of his papers, and in the memoirs of every noted man of his time. The liberty which Washington’s. biog- raphers have taken with his papers is be- yond conception. Sparks changed words and sentences to suit himself. He left out something here and put in something there, just as he thought it would make Washing- ton stiffer, less human, and, in accordance with his ideas, grander. For instance, in one letter Washington speaks of General Putnam, and calls him ‘‘Old Put.’’ Sparks cuts out the familiar phrase and changes it to ‘General.’ Many years ago the Hon. John Bigelow exposed this work of Sparks in letters to the Avening Fost, in which he showed that Sparks had entirely changed not only Washington’s sentences and expres- sions, but his ideas in a great number of instances. As to Parson Weems, the man who got up the hatchet story, and who signs himself rec- tor of Mount Vernon parish, Bishop Meade pronounces hima liar. He was a sort of fid- dling book agent, who sold Paine’s Age of Reason, as well as works on the Scriptures, and who wandered here and there with books in his wagon, fiddling for a lodging, and preaching or telling stories as the occasion seemed to demand. His work is thoroughly unreliable, and his stories have brought more ridicule to the name of Washington than they have brought glory. Let us make up a picture, if possible, of Washington in his prime. He was a tall man, well padded with muscle, and as straight asan American Indian. Hewalked like an Indian, putting his feet straight in front of him, and he weighed two hundred and ten pounds when in his best days. He had very large feet and hands. His shoes were number eleven, and Lafayette says that his hands would have been a curiosity for a medical museum. His whole frame was bony and large jointed. He had a broad chest, but his lungs were weak, and during his latter years his chest was hollow. He did not speak loud, and he was troubled with a cough during his last days. He had not the fullness of abdomen which some of his pictures represent, and his face had more soft lines than are usually put into his pic- tures. His eyes were blue, but not as blue as Stuart painted them ; and Stuart himself said, in answer to this criticism, that he had made them bluer than they were because the color would fade, and a hundred years from then it would be just about right. George Washington’s mouth was very firm, and his lower jaw gripped the other with an expression of determination. In later years he lost his teeth, and the false ones, gotten up after the dentistry of the last cen- tury, did not fit well and pushed out his lower lip. His complexion was rather fair, but his face was slightly marked with the smallpox which he had in his youth, during his visit to the West India Islands. His nose was rather thick, coarse, and slightly inclined to the Roman. His body was as wide at the hips as at the shoulders, and he had large legs and was a good rider and

Page 27

THE REAL GEORGE WASHINGTON. runner. George Washington Parke Custis says that during his latter years General Washington could climb hills without blow- ing, and the stories of his wonderful strength of arm are known to all. He once threw a stone over the Rappahannock, near Fred- ericksburg, and Ogle Tayloe tells how once during his youth he made a famous jump for a wife. He was riding, so the story goes, along the Potomac above Georgetown, when he came to the house of a large estate, and seeing a crowd upon the lawn, he asked the cause Of the gathering. He was told that a jumping-match was in progress, and that the prize was the hand of the farmer’s daugh- ter. He looked on for a time at the differ ent jumps, and finally asked if he might not also try his skill. The host consented, and Washington jumped farther than the farthest. As he did so he noted that the countenance of the maiden fell, and that she looked rather woefully at the face of his leading competitor, who had made the next best jump, and who was evidently her lover. He resigned his claim to the lady’s hand in his rival’s favor, and it is said that this lady afterwards recalled the circumstance when she met him at one of his presidential levees. During the last years of Washington’s life, he became thinner and slightly bent: He held his strength, however, up to his death, and it is a curious incident of the reg- ularity of his habits, that he covered the fire the night before he died. George Washington was always a great out-of-door man. He liked hunting and riding and was in the saddle a few days pre- vious to his death. He kept foxhounds at Mount Vernon, and his stables were always full of fine horses. An old citizen of Alex- andria says that during his youth he would come into the village day after day on differ- ent horses, and that during one week he was seen upon ten different steeds. He borrowed all the fiery horses of the neighborhood and delighted in taming them. He took good care of his horses, and once had a stable boy flogged because he did not rub down a favor- ite horse which had come in covered with sweat, but had let him stand in his dirt all night. Washington was very simple in his habits of life. He arose at daybreak, and went out to see his stables before he did anything else. 545 He ate a plain breakfast of corn-cakes, honey and tea, and then—I am speaking of his later years—nothing more until dinner. He took a ride over the estate after breakfast, and at three p. M. was dressed for dinner. Dinner was a big meal with him, and he usually drank five glasses of Madeira wine at dessert. He was not a teetotaler by any means, and always had his cellars full of fine wines, as did all of that period who pre- tended to be gentlemen. There are a num- ber of items in Martha Washington’s will as to the disposition of these Mount Vernon wines. George Washington Parke Custis gets a pipe of wine, and the wine bottles are to be equally divided between her grand- daughters and her grandson. Washington prided himself upon his wines, and he was not as improvident in regard to their use as was Thomas Jefferson. In one of his letters to William Pierce, who had the charge of his Mount Vernon estate during his presidency, he sets down the classes of people to whom wine shall be served when they called at Mount Vernon, and this letter is so interesting that I quote it. It was pub- lished for the first time several years ago in the Magazine of American History. \t reads: Nov. 23, 1794. * * * * Speaking of Gentlemens Serv'nts it calls to my mind, that in a letter from Mrs. Fanny Washington to Mrs. Washington (her aunt) she mentions, that since I left Mount Vernon she has given out four doz’n and eight bottles of wine. Whether they are used, or not, she does not say ; but I am led by it to observe, that it is not my intention that it should be given to every one who may incline to make a convenience of the house in or who may be induced to visit it from motives of curiosity. There are but three descrip- tions of people to whom I think it ought to be given: —first, my farticudar and intimate acquaintance, in travelling ; should call them there, such for instance as Doct’r Craik.—2ndly, most respectable foreigners who may, perchance. be in Alexandria or the Federal City, and be either brought down, or introduced by letter from some of case business some of the my intimate acquaintance as before mentioned :—or thirdly, to persons of some distinction (such as members of Congress &c.) who may be travelling through the country from North to South, or from South to North. governs, I should be run to an expense as improper as it would be considerable. * * * * Unless some caution of this sort In another letter to Pierce he tells him

Page 28

546 that he wishes the thief could be found who robbed the meat house at Mount Vernon, and in a third he wants him to tell Mr. Pearse Bailey that he will more probably increase than lower the price of his land, and that if he wants to buy the property he had better bid for it soon. General Washington was a good farmer and a good business man. He thoroughly believed in real estate investments, and he left many thousands of acres of land in different parts of the United States. He had stocks and bonds, and houses and lots in Washington, and throughout his papers is shown the evidence of that thrift which makes money breed fast. He had a little office at Alexandria where he used to come from Mount Vernon to do his business, and he began life as a surveyor at good wages, being paid a doubloon (or five dollars) a day. His journals and his letters are full of busi- ness capacity. And as to his farm opera- tions, he required weekly reports from his overseer, and wrote in full in regard to the different items. He used slave labor almost entirely, and he did not believe in idleness among his slaves. One of his letters to his farm manager Pierce reads as follows. It was written while he was in the thick of his presidential career, and when he had all the cares of state upon him. He must have been a good business man indeed to have been able to have treated of such matters with this clearness amid such surroundings. He writes : “Is there anything particular in the cases of Ruth, Hannah & Pegg, that they have been returned sick for several weeks together? Ruth I know is extremely deceitful ; she has been aiming for some time past to get into the house, exempt from work; but if they are not made to do what their age & strength enable them, it will be a very bad example to others, none of whom would work if by pretexts they can avoid it. ** Do not suffer the Quarter Negro children to be in the Kitchen, or in the yards unless brought there on business—as besides the bad habit—they too fre- quently are breaking limbs or twigs from, or doing other injury to my shrubs, some of which, at a con- siderable expense, have been propagated. ‘*From some complaints made by my Negroes, that they had not a sufficient allowance of meal, and from a willingness that they should have enough, the quantity was increased by Mr. Whiting so as to THE REAL GEORGE WASHINGTON. amount (by what I have learned from Mr. Stuart) to profusion. This is an error again on the other side. My wish and desire is that they should have as much as they can eat without waste and no more. I always used to lay in a great quantity of Fish for them and when we were at home, meat, fat & other things were now and then given to them besides; But it would seem (from their accounts at least) that the Fish which were laid in for them last Spring have disappeared without their deriving much benefit from them. ** By this time I expect that the Hogs that were put up for porke either are killed, or are fit to kill. I request, after every person has had their allowance given to them, that the residue may be made into Bacon. . . . After the drilled wheat at Union farm is taken off let particular care be used to prevent its being mixed with any other. . . . [have for many years been urging the superintendent of my business at Mount Vernon to break a number of Steers to the Yoke that no set of Oxen may be worked low— but do not believe it is yet done to the extent I wish. ** There is one thing I wish to impress you pretty strongly with, that you may use every precaution in your power to guard against, and that is—suffering my horses to be rode at unreasonable hours in the night without your knowledge or that of the Over- seers. No doubt rests upon my mind that this is too much practised.’’ ’ Speaking of Washington as a business man, acurious contract exists which he once made with a laborer whose habit it was to get drunk at Christmas. He specifies in the contract that the man shall have the right to be drunk four days between Christmas and New Year's. George Washington's temper was not always the most even. We have several records of his being angry, and Jefferson in his memoirs refers to a scene in the Cabinet where Washington swears that he would rather be in his grave than be President of the United States, and at another time he said he had been abused worse than if he were a common pickpocket. They tell the story at Alexandria about a fuss he had with Payne, a candidate for the legislature of the opposite party to that of Washington, and how Washington insulted Payne and was knocked down by him for it. It was supposed that a duel would be the result; but Payne, at Washington’s request, called upon him, and Washington apologized. There was a decanter of wine and two glasses on the

Page 29

THE REAL GEORGE WASHINGTON. table, and the two pledged new friendship over this, and it is said their relations con- tinued friendly until Washington’s death. Washington has been noted for his stern- ness of features and his graveness of de- meanor. The general opinion of him is that he never cracked a smile, and that he rarely tolerated jokes,—much less, told them. Still there are evidences that he had some sense of humor. He used to dance in his early days, and he went through the minuet with much grace. At Alexandria in 1760 he attended a ball, which he speaks of in his diary as being ‘‘a very poor affair, where handkerchiefs served as table cloths, where the tea tasted like sweetened hot water, and where, on account of the quality of the pro- visions, he had decided to dub it ‘ the bread and butter ball.’’’ On the 22d of February, 1880, the Washing- ton Literary Society held a meeting at the house of Mrs. Dalgren. President Hayes and his Cabinet, a number of senators and representatives, several diplomats and other noted people were present. General Garfield during the evening delivered an address on Washington, in which hespoke ofthe gravity and austerity of his character. Whereupon Dr. G. W. Pope, who was then Garfield’s family physician, said that he had evidence in his possession that Washington was a punster. General Garfield said he would like to see the evidence, and Dr. Pope replied that it was contained in a letter which was in his possession, and which was written by Washington to Dr. William Thornton, introducing Washington’s private secretary Colonel Tobias Lear, and asking that Thorn- ton attend to his case. Lear was troubled with rheumatism of the feet, and bunions, and for this Washington had sent him to Dr. Thornton with the following letter, in which it will be seen that Washington here makes the first record of the pun of ‘‘ under- standing ’’ being used for feet. MOUNT VERNON, 24 March, 1799. Dear Sir—I received your letter of the 18th inst. a day or two ago, previous to which I had advised Colonel Lear to remain in the city as long as he could derive benefit from your friendly pre- scription to his understanding. It, or more properly they, stand so much in need of your skillful assist- ance that an extra derangement may take place without it. With esteem and regard, I am, 547 - dear sir, your most obedient humble serv’t, G. Washington. To William Thornton, Esque., Federal City. Free. G. WASHINGTON. Washington was very austere in his man- ner, nevertheless. He did not shake hands at his state receptions, and he resented any approach to familiarity from any of his nearest friends. Gouverneur Morris once made a bet that he could slap Washington on the shoulder at a reception and say, ‘‘How are you this morning, General?” He tried it, but Washington made no reply. He stepped back and withered Morris with a glance, and Morris afterwards said that the bet had cost him dear, and that he would never try the same thing again. Washington became more stiff during his Presidency than before. He evidently felt that he had the dignity of the young Re- public on his shoulders, and the natural exclusiveness of his nature was increased by his surroundings. At his presidential levees it is said that his countenance never lost its habitual gravity, and that there was only one man who could be relied upon to make him laugh during his Presidency. His receptions went off like clock-work. They were held every Tuesday afternoon between three and four o’clock, and none were admitted who were not introduced by some person whom Washington knew. His place of reception was his dining-room, from which the table and chairs were removed for the occasion. It was a large room, about twenty-five by thirty feet in size. At three o'clock visitors were admitted, and promptly at this time Washington, clad in black velvet, wearing knee and shoe buckles, with his hair in full dress, heavily powdered and gathered into a large silk bag, with yellow gloves upon his hands, and holding a cocked hat with a cockade in it by his side, took his stand in front of the fire-place. He wore also a long dress sword with a polished steel hilt, and this sword was partly concealed by his coat which hung over it. He disposed of his hands so that the callers would see that there was to be no hand-shaking, and he received the visitors when they were an- nounced with the most profound of bows. These visitors were admitted from three o’clock until fifteen minutes past three. After bowing to General Washington, each

Page 30

THE REAL GEORGE WASHINGTON. caller took his line in a circle around the room, and when the doors were shut at a quarter past three the circle was formed for theday. President Washington then walked around this circle, commencing at the right. He called each man by name, and spoke a few words toeach one. When he had finished the circuit he took his former place in front of the fire, and the visitors bowed in the same way upon retiring as upon entering. Once a fortnight he gave official dinners, at which he sat at the middle of the table with Mrs. Washington opposite him. His whole deportment during his Presidency looks rather ridiculous in the light of the demo- cratic ways of to-day, and a President who would act as he did would be one of the wonders of the nineteenth century. He put on the same dignity in his addresses to Congress. He drove from his residence to the Senate in a cream-colored chariot with richly painted panels, and in McClay’s diary there is a description of him at one of his inaugurations, which states that Wash- ington was much embarrassed during his speaking, and trembled so that he could searcely read his inaugural. McClay says he was dressed in deep brown with metal buttons with an eagle on them, with white stockings, a bag, and a sword. He says that Washington went about and visited the senators and congressmen while he was President, and that he used his knife and fork as drum.sticks, playing upon the table with them at his state dinners. These dinners were very ceremonious affairs, and General Washington seems to have modeled his household after the most fashionable style of the day. ¢ He liked to be in the fashion and was fond of state. In his letters and in his orders to London the word ‘‘fashionable’’ occurs many times. He liked to have his clothes cut in the latest style, and was very par- ticular as to the liveries of the servants of his household. I don’t think he was at all stingy in his family. He liked Martha Washington’s children, and one of his letters to London contains an order for a fashionably dressed doll for Miss Martha Custis to cost one guinea, and, for rougher every-day handling, one to cost five shillings. He once gave a guitar to Nelly Custis, and his grandchildren loved him very much, as is evidenced by their writings. The appointments of his household were very fine, and the old china and the fine old furniture which is kept in the National Museum at Washington show evidences of artistic and zesthetic taste. It is a question whether he was a deeply religious man, and though he went to church regularly there is a doubt as to whether he was acommunicant. The Rev. E. B. Neill, of Philadelphia, lately published a letter in the Episcopal Reporter, in which he describes an interview with the Rev. Dr. James Aber- crombie, who was a minister in Philadelphia when Washington was there as President. The President and his wife attended Dr. Abercrombie’s church, and Washington always left on communion Sundays after the sermon, leaving Mrs. Washington to partake of communion alone. One day Dr. Aber- crombie spoke of the pernicious example of old and noted men retiring from the church upon the serving of the Lord’s Supper, and after this sermon Washington never came to church on communion Sundays. Mr. Neill does not believe Parson Weems’s story about Washington going out in the snow at Valley Forge to pray in the woods, and asserts that Washington had a large and very comfort- able house as his headquarters there. I am inclined to believe that it isone of Weems's fictions. There was little sentiment in Washington’s nature, and he was not the man to have left the quiet and retirement of his room to go into the leafless forest and pray, kneeling inthesnow At Alexandria I hear the same traditions concerning Wash- ington’s not taking communion at Christ Church there. He was oneofthe vestrymen, it is true, but his duty in this position was rather attending to the business of the church than to its religious observances. Still George Washington was one of the best men the United States has ever known. He had, as James Parton said, a genius for rectitude. He was thoroughly upright and honest in all his dealings with men. He was an earnest patriot, and President Jeffer- son, who did not like him, says that his justice was the most inflexible he had ever known, and that no motives of interest or consanguinity, of friendship or hatred, were able to bias his decisions. Truly there is enough that is great and good in his char- acter without attributing to him virtues and qualities which he never had.

Page 31

MY BREACH OF TRUST. A STORY OF THE RUSSO-TURKISH WAR. By EDWARD HERON-ALLEN. N a certain New York drawing-room, in the early spring of the year 1887, I told a story, and propounded a problem in con- nection therewith, which elicited strangely varied and strangely interesting solutions, with many ethical discussions upon the point involved. So great was the volume of criticism, pro and con, brought forth by my confession, that I have determined to state the case with all possible completeness, and leave it, once and for all, to the judgment of the reader of these pages. I must take him back with meto the spring of 1877, when in the cheering company of two or three good fellows, all of us war- correspondents, I found myself seated in a compartment of the Orient Express, leaving Paris rapidly behind us on our way to the seat of the war in the Balkan Peninsula, which had then been recently declared. The experiences of a war-correspondent are always exciting, often perilous, and gen- erally unique. To an even greater degree than the officer or soldier actually engaged in the field, he requires to be in the fore- front of the fight, and, on the principle that lookers-on see most of the game, he is often afforded opportunities of witnessing events which escape the observation even of the officers commanding, as, besides watching the actual progress of the strife, he is bound to keep an eye on surrounding circum- stances, ethnological or otherwise, and is often required to play a part—important or unimportant, ds the case may be—in the lit- tle personal dramas of life and death, which go to make up the history of a war. The experience I am about to relate was one of these. I was called upon to act, almost without premeditation, in the last act of a drama which was touching, painful, and full of human interest. Whether I did right or wrong is the problem I am about to propound to you. We sat together in the train bound east- ward, chatting over the casus belli and prob- able result of the war, whilst the long vista 39 of iron rails terminated in nothingness at the point of sight behind us, and landed us towards evening at the German frontier. As I wandered around amid the confusion of the douane, looking with objectless curiosity at the names inscribed upon the rummaged portmanteaux and other impediments of the European traveler, and wondering which of the harried passengers belonged to which pieces of luggage, I observed a young fellow, scarcely more than a boy, apparently, stand- ing a little apart from the crowd, and evi- dently unconcerned in the general haymak- ing that was officially proceeding. What struck me at once about him was the shadow of a great sadness clouding his fine gray- blue eyes. He was short rather than tall, with curly yellow hair, and was dressed.in gray corduroy with a guasi-military helmet on his head, a leathern belt about his waist, his legs cased in knee-high soft leather boots. His expression of despair attracted whilst it touched me, and, guessing his nationality to be French, I sauntered up to him and addressed some casual remark in that language, apropos of the scene before us. He replied, and we entered into conver- sation. ‘You have got through the infliction of the custom-house,”’ said I. ‘‘T have nothing but a valise,’’ replied he. ‘““Ah!’’ I rejoined. ‘‘ You travel light, like a veteran—for your costume seems to indicate a long journey.”’ ‘‘I am proceeding to the seat of war,’’ replied he. ‘‘ lam aspecial correspondent.’’ ‘* Indeed ! Welcome, then, camarade,’’ and I handed him my card in exchange for his, whereon was inscribed, ‘‘M. Maxime Durand, Correspondant Spécial du Bulletin Quotidien.”’ I made him transfer his valise into our compartment, presented him to his future confreres, and before many leagues had separated us from the frontier, his sadness had apparently worn off to a great degree, and we all became the best friends in the

Page 32

MY BREACH OF TRUST. “It OBSERVED A YOUNG FELLOW STANDING A LITTLE APART FROM THE CROWD," world. Thus we reached Giurgero, on the Danube, and set off thence in search of the Russian staff to which we were attached. By the end of the campaign, most of the boys talked a funny gibberish which they called Turkish, but at the commencement I was the only ‘‘ Turk ’’ in the party : so I had it all my own way, so to speak, and coralled the soft places in the avadas, or carts, that took us to the front. It was this, I think,

Page 33

MY BREACH OF TRUST. “551 combined with the fact that I was the first correspondent to know him as ‘‘ one of us,’’ and by divine right of leadership, that attached Maxime Durand especially to me. Altogether, we correspondents in the Russo- Turkish business were a joyful crew, and kept as close together as we could through- out the campaign ; but my especial comrade, and the pet of the whole crowd, was Maxime Durand. He never lost heart, never complained, though he suffered terribly from cold, poor boy, and we used to chaff him unmercifully for the care with which he would put on his gloves and wax his moustaches before a triangular bit of looking-glass, before going to the front. He was the life and soul of the party ; he was a really remark- able cook, and performed culinary prodigies with half a dozen looted eggs, some hedge- row weeds and an antique hen, cut off con- siderably past her prime by a revolver bul- let. In the evenings he would sing, or rather, croon, echoes of the Champs Elysées, or tell us the most ‘‘impossible’’ stories till we threw things at him. We used to rout him out with a bayonet, or a lump of ice, in the small hours of the morning, to do the lighter work of the mess, but when it came to his turn to do the heavier work of the community, one of the older men used always to do it for him, assuring him that he would get his hands dirty, or break his eye-' glass, or something terrible of that kind, if we suffered him to do his share of the rough work of the camp. In a word, he was our spoilt child, and if ever he happened to be late returning to quarters in the evening, we used to feel positively sick until he appeared, with probably a string of kebabs in his hand, which he had a knack of trad- ing with confiding Turks, against an old dec- oration pick-up on the field, a dilapidated sword, a bunch of looted but homesick car- rots, or a handful of apples, no longer “‘ frag- rant’ with the fire of forgotten suns.” He attributed his triumph in this direction to his eloquence in the vernacular, Maxime’s Turkish consisting of: ‘‘ Bou issterim’’ (‘1 want this’’), ‘‘ Vir bama bou’’ (‘‘G:.ve me this’), ‘‘ Chapuk ol” (‘Look sharp’), ‘Souss ol’? (‘Shut up’’), ‘ Shettanvah ghit’’ (‘Go to the ”’), and ‘‘ Shekurler Effendim hazeretleri’’ (‘‘Thank you, my Mr. Your Excellency’’). I taught him the original Turkish of these practical phrases, and more he refused to learn. Well! well! you must forgive me for digressing in this manner, like an old man babbling about his darling. He was very dear to me, was our gold-curly headed little Jrileu Maxime, and when he was killed, I saw tough old correspondents weep for him —-quorum pars fut. The war progressed and dwindled to its culminating point (if I may be allowed the paradox)—the Fall of Plevna. For a month we had been encamped with the Muscovite battalions, waiting for Osman Pasha’s superb defense to yield before the omnipotent gen- erals Famine, Frost and Disease, supported by Skobeleff and Todleben. Since the 3d of November we had been sitting before the walls inactive, waiting in grim, horrible expectancy for the heroism of the beseiged to give out, for since Skobeleff’s disastrous storm of September 3d known to history as the Lovtcha attack, in which he had lost fully half of his army without impairing the position of Osman, we had learned to respect our foe and to trust to the slow, irresistible weapon of Famine, rather than to the impetuosity of the Muscovite soldier or the sting of the Berdan rifle. On the 9th of December, however, spies brought us the intelligence that a sortie was im- minent and on the roth, the Turks having deserted the Krishin redoubt, it was occupied by a Russian battalion. We knew that the beseiging force might expect to be shelled from the fortress at the dawn of the morrow, and as we were ignorant of Osman’s resources, we none of us knew for certain that we should be alive to mess together on the following evening, and I for my part wrote a letter, which I felt might be my last, to my paper and scribbled some short notes home under cover to my editor. At ten o’clock I took my dispatches to the headquarter lines, and having seen them safely en train de depart, returned to our tent. As I approached our canvas shelter, I saw, outlined against the dim light within, a cloaked figure in a f/arboush [erroneously called a fez by the occidental]. ‘‘A Turk!”’ thought I as I crept up behind him and grip- ped him by the throat. As the starlight shone upon the colorless face I exclaimed starting back as I did so :—

Page 34

552 , “ Dieu! Maxime, que fais tu la!”’ “Ah! Mon cher,” replied he, ‘‘I was waiting for you—I wanted to speak to you.”’ On the pale drawn features I could see the trace of recent tears, but I rejoined as rough- ly as I could : ** How dare you rob yourself of your beauty sleep like this: Don’t you know we've got to turn out at dawn to-morrow in all probabil- ity ?’’ ‘“*Codger !'’ replied he (a perversion of the Turkish ‘‘ Khodja’’ [teacher] bestowed upon me by ‘‘the boys”’ in deference to my knowl- edge of the language) ‘‘don't laugh at me to- night for I’m quite serious—for once. You are my dearest friend out here—are you not?—and I want to talk to you very seriously to-night under these stars which I shall never see again.’’ ‘“Come, come, cker ami,’’ I said, ‘‘ you mustn't talk like that. In the first place it’s ridiculous, and in the second it’s unlucky. We ':nights of the pencil don’t get shot, and of all of us, you at any rate are bound to return and make some fair Graziella happy for life.’’ I had taken him by the arm and we had reached, by a pathway trodden in the snow, the summit of a little earthwork thrown up by Todleben’s sappers. He pointed to the distant lights which outlined the fortifica- tions of Plevna and said : ‘* Behind those walls, old fellow, lies a f bullet that will find me in the field in the morning, and I want you to do me a great favor when I’m under the snow in the trenches yonder. Promise me, cher ami, promise me !”’ ‘*Well,’’ I replied seeing that he was bound to relieve his mind, ‘‘I promise,—the more readily as I know I shan’t be called upon to perform—what is it ?’’ ‘*Thank you. I must tell you—by way of introduction—something about myself. I was born in Douai, where I lived until my parents died and I became a traveling cor- respondent of the Audletin,; and in Douai there lives a child whom I should have married after this campaign had I lived—we have been betrothed for many years. She is Euphrasie, the daughter of old Baptiste Sterelle, one of the most respected citizens of Douai, and we have loved one’another ever since we were children—so high. When you spoke to me at the German custom-house on MY BREACH OF TRUST. our way out here, you remember that I was almost heart-broken ; I will tell you why. I was engaged for the Bulletin at Avignon when I received a telegram from Paris order- ing me to report myself for service at the seat of war, at ten on the following morning, in Paris. My first thoughts were naturally of Euphrasie, whom I had not seen for weeks and whom I might never see again, and | left for Douai at once, intending to bid Euphrasie farewell and proceed to Paris by the midnight train. I reached Douai faint with hunger and anxiety, and on my way to M. Sterelle’s, I stopped at the restaurant of Pére Larréze to take a glass of wine and a crust to strengthen me for my adieu. Whilst I ate, there entered a man by name Nicolas Dufoure, who for many years had endeavored to supplant me in Euphrasie’s love, and who hated me with all the hatred ofan unsuccess- ful rival. I did not want to part—even from him—in anger, so I addressed him, and, on his expressing surprise at seeing me, I told him that I was leaving for the war to-night. He could hardly believe it and I took from my pocket my editor’s telegram ; as I did so, Euphrasie’s last letter to me fell from my pocket-book—I instantly replaced it, but not before he had seen the writing, for he turned white with anger and rose and left me with- out a word. ‘“‘T finished my little meal and proceeded in the direction of Baptiste Sterelle’s. It was twilight, and, as I mounted the little narrow street behind the Mairie, which led to their house, suddenly I received a blow on the head. I remember nothing more. When I came to my senses I was the sole occupant of a third-class carriage on a train whirling I knew not whither. At the first station the guard opened the door and seeing me recovered, exclaimed : ““* Ah! mon brave, that’s well. better now?’ ‘** Where am I ?’ said I. ‘*** You arein the midnight express on your way to Paris.’ ‘*** And how did I get here?’ ‘“*You were carried into the station at Douai, and put under my charge, by a tall blondeman, who gave me your ticket, saying that you had to be in Paris early to-morrow, but had been indulging in a little farewell ‘‘jollification’’ with your old friends at Douai. Dieu de dieu / We all know what it We are

Page 35

MY BREACH OF TRUST. is ; sleep on, mon ami, we are yet some hours from Paris; you will be all right when we arrive.’ And so he left me. ‘‘ What did it mean? Who was the tall blonde man? Certainly not Dufoure, whom I thought of at once, for he is short and dark. A foot-pad no doubt—for I had been robbed of everything, my watch, my money, my pocketbook containing Euphrasie’s letter and my editor's telegram. It was from the latter, no doubt that the robber had discov- ered my identity and the need in which I stood of being in Paris to-morrow, and I felt almost grateful to the unknown giant who had been so far considerate to me, though he had robbed me not only of my worldly possessions, but of my last interview with Euphrasie. But besides having been stunned I had also been drugged,—it was only twilight when I left the restaurant of Pére Larréze and it was nearly one o’clock in the morning when I received the guard’s explanation at that unknown station on the road to Paris. What was to be done? How communicate with my darling in Douai? Well, I hoped that I should be able to write from Paris. To telegraph was. out of the question, for, in Douai, the telegraph oper- ator is general retailer of public and private news. ‘‘T reached Paris, worn out, in the early morning and put in an appearance at the office at ten o’clock. I was closeted with the editor for an hour, and received instruc- tions to leave Paris, by the Orient Express at midday, barely time in which to make my final preparations. And thus I left /a belle France behind me—now you know the cause of my misery when you met me in the German douane. ‘*T have written two or three times since I have been in the Balkans, but alas, it is such a chance whether private letters get through the lines, and even if they do, it is a still greater chance if they ever ar- rive, and I have a terrible fear that Euphrasie has never heard anything from me since I left. I had looked forward to telling her all about it on my return, now I shall never see her, or Douai, or France, again. It is only you, cher ami, who can help me now, and you will—won’t you?”’ He paused, his utterance choked by a great sob. I felt dangerously near tears myself as I answered, ‘‘ Yes, yes, mon 553 garcon, come, what ‘is it you want of me?’’ “It is this——I wear round my neck a chain on which I carry her portrait in a locket and a little gold image of da Sainte Vierge that my mother gave me when I was confirmed. When I am killed to-morrow, I implore you to seek my body among the dead. I want you to take these from my neck and carry them back to her, and tell her that I loved her and her alone, to the very end; that Maxime died in har- ness, with hers, the dream-face, before his eyes; that his last thoughts were of her, and tell her not to think hardly of him when you have told her the story of his last visit ‘to Douai. Promise me, Codger, promise me.’’ Of course I promised him, though I repeated my expressions of derision at his ‘* presentiment,’’ and then, the stars being on the wane, I bade him get what sleep he could before the first bass notes of the orchestra should wake us to the fact that the opera had commenced. The next morning the 11th of Decem- ber, before dawn, the stir of the camp woke us, and in less than one hour, as the first rays of the sun began to tinge the snow with streaks of transient crimson, that should ere long become permanent, the celebrated sortie of Osman Pasha in the direction of the Sofia road,—the Fall of Plevna—had commenced. I had routed out Maxime Durand, who had slept through the opening chords of the cannon’s music like a child, and we had rid- den to the front together. To compensate for the dangers that a correspondent has to run he has one protect- ive axiom—it is his duty to himself and his journal to keep as much out of harm’s way as possible, and acting in this sense Maxime and I climbed into a couple of trees on a slight eminence commanding a fine view of the fortress and the trenches where the Siberian regiment lay hidden. There we sat for a couple of hours—I with my horse’s reins hooked over my foot so that should the animal take fright and start off, he would jerk me down on to his back. Maxime was similarly posted about twenty yards distant. The incidents of that terrible sortie and Osman Pasha’s magnificent dying effort are historic and need no recapitulation ; suffice it to say that we must have been discovered by telescope from the walls, or by the advancing

Page 36

MY BREACH OF TRUST. _ ! . 1 1 I I f | ' “AND WHEN HE LEFT, HE WAS FIANCE TO ME,” EXCLAIMED THE LITTLE WOMAN, INDIGNANTLY. columns, for suddenly a bullet lodged in the branch on which I was seated, and was immediately followed by a dozen others that whistled unpleasantly near my sacred per- son. I dropped into my saddle and riding over to Maxime I called out : ‘‘Come down ! they’re firing at us. us find some safer place.”’ He came down, and seeing me lighting a cigarette he cried: ‘‘Ah! Codger, jour Lamour de Dieu et de moi! give mea cigarette, my fingers are frozen and I have not got a match.”’ I rolled him a cigarette and handed it to him with my lighting apparatus, an Amer- ican invention in which a spring revolves an emery wheel against a steel spike and throws a shower of sparks upon a scrap of tinder. Now, in lighting the tinder I always directed the shower straight before me, between my charger’s ears, so that the animal had never seen this miniature fire- work display, and it was a startling novelty tohim when Maxime fired the thing a yard away from his head. He reared, turned and cantered off about thirty vards, and as I Let returned towards Maxime the keen intel- ligence of the brute, who was an old cam- paigner, ‘‘ perceived '’—as somehow or other horses do perceive, long before their riders very often—the approaching flight ofa shell, and ‘‘crouched”’ as it were. I threw myself along his flank as circus riders do, shouting to Maxime as I did so: ‘*Shell !”” ‘* Pas pour moi/’’ JT heard him cry airily as he lit his cigarette. They were his last words,—almost as he spoke the explosion took place covering my horse and myself with snow and earth. I looked towards Maxime. Good God! shall I ever forget the horror of the sight ! A fragment of the shell had struck him full in the breast and the poor golden-haired boy was literally smashed to pieces. I draw the veil of silence over the horror of my task, and suffice it to say I found the gold chain, the locket and the image, and hung them round my own neck, where they remained till the termination of the campaign. We were a saddened and silent group in the cor- respondents’ mess that night. Plevna had

Page 37

MY BREACH OF TRUST. surrendered soon after mid-day—what a day of carnage it had been—I have been in many such scenes since, but seldom have seen any- thing approaching it. The war drew to a close and ended with the treaty of San Stefano. Most of us had mothers, sisters, sweethearts, wives waiting for us at home—lI had none of these, I am alone in the world—so I went straight to Paris, and thence to Douai, where I arrived in the blaze of a warm spring noon. As I made my way from the station, I saw inscribed over the window of a cabarét in the main street, Larréze—Restaurateur.”’ ‘‘Here,”’ thought I, ‘‘is where the boy passed his last conscious hours in Douai !”’ I went in, and seating myself before a modest déjeuner, soon succeeded in drawing mine host into conversation. ‘‘I have just come from the war in the East,’’ said I by the way of introduction. ‘‘Ah! Monsieur is from the war !’’ replied the garrulous Frank, rising at once to the bait, ‘‘then perhaps he met M. Durand, the correspondent of the Bulletin Quotidien.”’ ‘‘Durand ?”’ said I refleetively—‘‘ oh yes I remember. Did you know him?”’ “Do I know him! Mais out, le scélérat ! He came from Douai, and I saw him the night before he went to the war. He has stayed out there in the East has he not ?"’ ‘* Yes,—he has stayed out there.’’ ‘‘Ah the wretch! He was betrothed to one of the sweetest young girls in this city, but he didn’t appreciate her and has stayed out there, no doubt living /a vie 7urque with its immoralities and horrors.”’ ‘* How do you mean ?’’ queried I. “Why, the night before he left, he came to Douai and dined at the very table at which you are sitting, monsieur. And then, instead of going to say ‘ good-by’ to his loved one, ke got into some drunken brawl in the lower parts of the town, and had it not been for the goodness of a friend, who also loved Mlle. Sterelle, he would never have reached Paris in time to follow his duty. This friend happened to know that he had to leave, and saw him off to Paris, terribly intoxicated, and naturally the good people of Douai were very indig- nant.’’ ‘‘And where now ?’’ * Ah, does Mlle. Sterelle live monsieur! Her father died sud- 555 denly, soon after Maxime departed, and left her alone in the world; and then, as she had never heard from Maxime, and heard, moreover, that he had decided to remain out there amid the horrible luxury of the East, she married M. Nicolas Dufoure—the bon bourgeois who had loved her long.”’ ‘* And did she love this M. Dufoure?’’ ‘* Not as she loved Maxime, of course, but —que voulez vous ?—she was alone, deserted, with a business on her hands which she could not manage by herself, and she respected her present husband,—which is, no doubt, far better than loving him,—and she will be happier with him than she would have been with Maxime, who has turned out to be a drunkard and a sensual- ist.”* “Ah! and live now?”’ ‘*At the top of the street, behind the Mairie, monsieur, where she and her hus- band carry on the business left behind him by Baptiste Sterelle.’’ I thanked mine host, and, having finished my déjeuner, betook myself in the direction of the Mairie. I found the narrow street Maxime had described to me, and climbing its treacherous cobble-stones, saw at its head a_ well-to-do-looking haberdasher’s shop, over the window of which was in- scribed ‘‘ Nicolas Dufoure, successor to Bap- tiste Sterelle.’’ I entered, ostensibly in quest of some cravats, to be served by a comely young woman, who advanced from behind the compitoir at the end of the shop. We were alone. Indeed, Douai seemed to be fast asleep in its entirety, and I had no difficulty in getting into conversation with ‘*Madame,’’ whom I learnt at once to be Mme. Dufoure, »ée Euphrasie Sterelle. I opened the conversation, as I had done in the case of Pére Larréze, with the state- ment of my recent return from the theater of war, and, like the worthy restaurateur, Mme. Dufoure immediately asked me if I had known Maxime, and on my replying in the affirmative, added the question : ‘“Why did he stay in the East, mon- sieur?’’ ‘‘Parce que C etait plus fort que lui,’ I re- plied, ambiguously. ‘* And when he left, he was fancé to me,”’ exclaimed the little woman, indignantly. where does Mme. Dufoure

Page 38

556 ‘‘But you also, madame, have married elsewhere,’’ I ventured to suggest. ‘* And had I not the right —did I not owe it to myself, to do so?’’ she returned. ‘*Maxime and I were betrothed to one another when we were only ‘so high,’ and though I had many an offer from some of the best matches in Douai, I remained faith- ful to my promise to him, for—I loved him. Well, m’sieur, when this war broke out, he came to Douai—to see me ?—not at all—to join in some drunken orgy in the lowest parts of the town, I know not where. But, fortunately, M. Dufoure, who was there for business purposes, saw him and heard him read aloud, to his vile companions, my last letter to him. Oh! I know that it was so, for M. Dufoure remembered whole passages from it, which I recognized as having writ- ten. He was naturally indignant, for he had loved me almost as long as Maxime, but he sincerely hoped that Maxime would clear himself by letter, even going morning after morning himself to the post-office to see whether he had written. But no, he kept a silence as cold as that of the grave, and when my father died and left me alone in the world, I married M. Dufoure, who offered himself at once as my protector. And now he tells me that Maxime has remained in the East to live /a vie Orientale. Bah! it is all that he was fit for. I do not regret him.’’ She paused, more to gain breath, I think than anything else, and then added : ‘‘ When did you see him last, Mon- sieur, and where.”’ ‘‘It was in the month of December, and at the Fall of Plevna, madame,”’ replied I, slowly, and was about to add, ‘‘ he was shot down within a few yards of me,’’ when a great wave of thought and commiseration surged up within my soul. Thought for the details of the horrible story of treachery and lies that unfolded itself before my men- tal vision, and commiseration for the little woman before me, and for her lover, our poor dead Maxime. Obviously it was this self-same Dufoure who had stunned Maxime in the dark on his last visit to Douai, and who had stolen the letter he had seen fall from the boy’s pocket—that letter which he had evidently committed to memory and declared he had heard Maxime read aloud. Obviously it was he who had suppressed Maxime’s letters if MY BREACH OF TRUST. they ever reached Douai, and on this basis of trickery, treachery, and lies, had sup- planted the poor gold-headed boy whom I had seen shattered by a shell. A problem requiring almost instantaneous solution propounded itself to me as I stood in the little shop at Douai on that spring afternoon. It was this : Here was Euphrasie, married, bound irrevocably and for life to this man who had won her by fraud, but for whom she felt a calm, permanent respect, if not a love like that she had given to Max- ime ; on the other hand, Maxime was dead, and it could do no good, but on the contrary must do a terrible harm, to fill her young life with a ghastly passionate regret. To fulfill my promise to Maxime and shatter the woman's trust in the living out of a sentimental respect for the dead, or not to do so, and by the breach of trust let her continue in the path of her duty as the wife of Nicolas Dufoure, untainted by the knowl- edge of his crime, for crime it was—that was the question. Whilst I stood deliber- ating as rapidly as I could upon the prob- lem, a short, sour-faced man entered the shop, and, casting an evil look at me, said to Euphrasie : ‘“Madame Dufoure! would it not be better to attend to your business instead of chattering with strangers ?’’—and the little woman, courtesying to me, retired with a half-suppressed sigh to her comptoir. So this was the husband of Euphrasie Sterelle. God help her, poor child! My mind was immediately made up—better, thought I, to let her make the best of her life, such as it is, than to mar the whole of it from now henceforward with the knowledge of her husband's baseness. Douai is a queer, primi- tive little place, and, not much from the outer world disturbs the placidity of its provincial existence ; the chances were that the story of Maxime’s death would never reach the ears of Euphrasie Dufoure. My mind was made up. I came away without executing my mission, and returned to Paris, where I sought Maxime’s only liv- ing relation—a sister, the wife of a jeweler in the Palais Royal. To her I confided the whole story, and the souvenirs of Maxime, which I had religiously worn ever since I took them from his mangled body. And Maxime’s sister approved of my breach of trust.

Page 39

THE NIHILISTS OF NEW YORK. BY VALERIAN GRIBAYEDOFPF. HERE is nothing I love more or get less of,”’ was youthful Abe Lincoln’s reply to a com- panion who asked him if he liked ginger- bread. I think the remark may be para- phrased with regard to the present mania in this country for things Russian. The people we are the most interested in just now are the people of whom we know the least ; and the little reliable information we do possess is so thoroughly interwoven with romance, that it becomes hard to distinguish one from the other. True, Turguenieff and Tolstoi are read with avidity. The strains of Russian music are heard at our musicales. Tea from imported samovars is served @ la russe at our ‘‘afternoons.’’ Some of our students are settling down with light heart to the formidable study of the language of Pushkin. Nevertheless, most of the old popular notions concerning the national characteristics and personal traits of the Czar’s subjects flourish unchanged to-day as twenty years ago. Our ignorance of real Russian life is easily explained and excusable. Russia is a far distant land, and we see few of hersons. The real Russian is no traveler ; and, even if he were one by inclination, his government has taken good care that he shall not indulge this propensity too freely. He therefore seldom can get beyond Paris before he must return home to meet the limit of his leave of absence. Unfortunately, our lack of acquaintance with him has occasionally been taken advantage of by scamps of other nationalities, who have used the bearskin to carry out their nefarious schemes. That precious rogue, ‘‘Count Zachoroff,’’ may be cited as an example. A low type of the Greek bravo, he had acquired a sufficient veneer of refinement during years of adven- ture to successfully palm himself off as a Russian count in the best New York society —so successfully, in fact, that a young New York heiress married him clandestinely and accompanied him to Europe, to discover that he already possessed a wife and children there. A more recent case is that of Prince Eristoff de Gourie, as he styles himself, the hero of a cow-hiding affair in London. Eristoff belongs to a penurious Semitic tribe of the Caucasus living under Russian rule, and has probably as much right to call himself a prince as a Maori chieftain has to substitute for his native appellation the title of earl or duke. Luckily for New York society, the gay Caucasian’s designs on the purses of credulous fathers and others have received a temporary check by the exposures in one of the newspapers, which show him to be nothing better than a chevalier d’industrie of the most pronounced type. Now that we have seen the reverse of the medallion, let us glance at the other side; for there zs another side. As I have previously intimated, Russia does occasionally send us some of her sons; or, to put it mcre correctly, some of her sons occasionally elude the vigilance of the frontier guards and make good their escape to this land of liberty. Hence for many years New York in particular has been a refuge for individual members of the Russian Liberal, Socialistic, and Nihilistic parties, the three sub-divis- ions of the anti-Government movement in the Czar’s empire. The influx commenced with the first attempt on the life of the Czar Alexander II., late in the seventies. Among the first to come was Liebermann, an inveterate conspirator, whose hairbreadth escapes from the Russian police would fill a volume. The poor fellow afterwards lost his reason, and committed suicide in Troy, N.Y. The Nihilist colony continued to increase after Liebermann’s arrival until its size warranted the formation of an organization, which as

Page 40

558 such opened communication with the frater- nity in Russia. When the Czar fell a victim to Ryzakoff’s bomb in March, 1881, the club held a ‘‘ rousing ’’ meeting in the Bowery, marked by incendiary speeches in English, German, and Russian. ‘A few months later an important addi- tion to the New York branch appeared in the person of Lvoff Hartmann, the daring plotter who, in conjunction with Sophie Peroffskaya and other Nihilists, had nearly succeeded in sending the Czar to his last account, on the Moscow railroad, a year before he died. Hartmann’s presence was the signal for a general commotion in the American newspaper world, caused by the exclusive publication in the New York Herald of an eight-column story of the ‘* Moscow attempt.’’ Justus Schwab, a fire- eater of the pot-house variety, piqued at Hartmann’s neglect to visit him, declared the new arrival to be an impostor; and the cue being taken up by the entire press—ex- cepting the Herald, of course—an exciting discussion ensued, which only ended when James Gordon Bennett produced irrefutable proof of Hartmann’s identity. In order not to lose the custom of Russian exiles and their friends, who had always paid for his beer in good United States currency, Schwab made the amende honorable by explaining that he himself had been misled by wicked report- ers. Lvoff Hartmann, I may add, was a man of intellect and great will-power, but the tremendous strain on his mental facul- ties, brought on by his labors in the cause of liberty, produced a reaction, which has since relegated him to obscurity. His energies seem to have been exhausted by the terrible struggle, and, like Hasselmann, the German socialist, he now lives in a quiet corner of New York, unheard of and forgotten. Undoubtedly the most desperate Nihil- ist who ever visited New York city, was Degaieff, the murderer of Colonel Sudeikin, chief of the dreaded Third Section of Police. In a weak moment he had been induced to betray his comrades, but overcome by re- morse he planned the assassination of his tempter. Sudeikin was enticed into a quiet apartment in a suburb of St. Petersburg, and there pounded into a jelly with iron bars in the hands of six stalwart Nihilists. Horri- ble as was this man’s butchery, it was mild- ness itself compared with the mental and THE NIHILISTS OF NEW YORK. — physical sufferings he had inflicted on the wretched prisoners who fell within his grasp. Degaieff came to America a little over two years ago, but his presence was only known to achosen few. At last a rumor concerning him got into print, and fearful least the Rus- sian minister at Washington might take steps to secure his extradition, his friends quietly spirited him away—whither, no one knows. During his brief stay in New York, he left his lodgings in Eldridge Street on two occasions only, so suspicious was he of being seen by spies in the service of Russia. The subject of spies recalls the fact that the Russian Government has generally fared badly in its choice of secret agents in this country. In many instances these worthies have been rendered harmless through prompt identification by their intended victims ; in others, they themselves have imposed upon the Russian Embassy at Washington, and secured liberal pay for imaginary services. One spy named Michaelis, a Polish Jew, was exceptionally successful in this respect. He visited the Russian Minister Bartolomei at his Newport residence, during the summer following the late Czar’s assassination, and poured into his willing ear a thrilling story of Nihilism, blood, and nitroglycerine! He pretended to possess proof of a conspiracy among the revolutionists of New York, having for its object the blowing up of the LIEBERMANN.

Page 41

THE N/HILISTS OF NEW YORK. Winter Palace in St. Petersburg with all its inmates, including, of course, the Imperial family. Such was the state of the Russian official’s mind just about that time, that . despite Michaelis’ appearance—his face be- tokened all the low cunning of the Oriental Jew—full credence was placed in the alleged disclosures, and the necessary funds were fur- nished to the informer ‘‘ for further investi- gations.’”’ Michaelis renewed his visits several times, always bringing fresh details, which doubtless found their way by cable to the Russian Third Section. Finally the day approached when the eutire gang, with accessories, was to be given into the hands of the New York police. As a preparatory measure, the Russian minister called upon Inspector Byrnes for aid, and this circum- stance ended Michaelis’ little game. Byrnes placed ‘‘on the case’’ one of his best men, Sergeant-Detective McNaught, who after a short investigation discovered the purely imaginary character of the ‘‘ revelations ;’’ and the only thing that saved their astute author from condign punishment, was the reluctance of the victim to come forward and acknowledge his childlike credulity. Another gentleman, of the same race and persuasion as Michaelis, actually tried to impose upon the inspector himself. He pro- duced what appeared to be documentary evi- dence of the existence of a Russian dynamite club within a stone’s throw of police head- quarters. He refused to divulge its exact location, but demanded a letter of recom- mendation to the Russian minister, with whom he would negotiate further. Inspector ‘ Byrnes refused the request, upon which his visitor offered to send the address by mail in exchange for a loan of ten dollars. The effrontery of the proposition was more than the usually stolid police official could bear. Mr. Michaelis No. 2 was ejected from the office in a manner jarring both to his nerves and his anatomy. There is a story current among the for- eign revolutionists in this city to the effect that one of the most dangerous of Russian spies met a violent death at the hands of Nihilists during the winter of 1883-84. His name was Brueckner or Breuker, and he had been sent here by the Third Section to organ- ize a force of secret agents. His presence became known to the Nihilists, and two determined men were detailed to shadow his THE SPY MICHAELIS. movements and watch for an opportunity to take his life. One cold winter's night they found him near the river's edge by the Grand Street ferry. One blow on the head made him unconscious, then four strong arms lifted him up, a loud splash followed, and the waters of the East River swallowed their prey! I do not vouch for the truth of this story, but it is told and believed in revolu- tionary circles, with the well-known Italian comment, ‘‘.Sz 20n vero, ben trovato /”’ The Nihilistic organization mentioned above is now happily a thing of the past, the principal reason being that the Nihilism of the bomb and the dagger has practically ceased to exist in Russia. The men who in 1880 sought to overturn the Czar’s govern- ment by violent means have profited by the bitter experience gained through failure, and abandoning their former chiefs, Kra- potkine and Lavroff, are now mustered around Plekhanoff and Axelroth, the editors of the Russian socialistic organ Sozial- Democrat, or the constitutional advocate Svaboda, edited in Geneva by Tursky. In other words, liberalism, be it in the form of Carl Marx’s Collective Socialism, or of plain every-day Constitutionalism, has driven the ogre of Nihilism into the background, I trust for ever. Most of the Russians in New York to-day belong to the Socialist class. Prominent among their number is Sergius S. Shevitch, editor of the German Volkszettung, a remark- able man in many ways. He left Russia some fifteen years ago under a cloud, which

Page 42

560 means that he was suspected of affiliation with unlawful societies. He is of noble family, and his elder brother only recently retired from the governorship of the province of Livonia to accept a life senatorship from the Czar. Shevitch since his appearance in New York has figured in nearly every move- ment of asocialistic nature. He is a devoted follower of Carl Marx, and has never lost an opportunity of asserting and propagating the socialistic apostle’s theories. At present he is the acknowledged head of the Social Labor party in the United States, and prob- ably destined to fill an important part in the labor movement of the future. A man of unsympathetic and forbidding exterior, he is nevertheless possessed of great persuasive eloquence, as all will testify who heard his celebrated debate with Henry George two years ago, on the relative merits of Socialism and the ‘‘ free-land’’ theory. His long abode in America has not deprived him of his Russian characteristics. Like the Russian noble of reality,—not of the melodramatic stage,—he prefers indolence and luxury to hard work. He is not one of those extreme socialistic converts who have exchanged the good things of life for the beer mug and clay pipe, and I must confess that I don’t blame him. A more interesting personality than She- ve —S aa So Wa: 8. S. SHEVITCH. THE NIHILISTS OF NEW YORK. vitch is his wife, Helena de Racovitza, the former sweetheart of Lasalle, one of the founders of Socialism in Germany. It was on account of her large blue eyes and mag- nificent hair that Lasalle engaged in the duel which brought him his death-wound. The fair lady—she was a Fraulein von Doenniges in those days—married the lucky combatant, a Roumanian noble named Ra- covitza, who, however, only survived his wedding a few months. After being lion- ized in Berlin and elsewhere, Madame de Racovitza married her present husband. Though past her prime, she is still beautiful, and to her physical charms is added a degree of intellectuality which renders her conver- sation highly fascinating. Her memoirs, published some years ago, contained dis- closures concerning Lasalle and the social- istic movement in Germany, which, for the time, occasioned much comment in both hemispheres. The only paper published in the Russian language in America—unless Alaska pos- sesses one—is the Zzamia (The Flag). This sheet has been issued weekly since the beginning of the year, from a small dingy office in Monroe Street, on the east side of New York City; and as its second title, Rabochaya Gazeta, implies, it is an organ for the working classes. Its editor is Vladi- HELENA DE RACOVITZA (MRS. SHEVITCH).

Page 43

THE NIHILISTS OF NEW YORK. mir Stoleshnikoff, a pure Russian with an eventful past. As he is an excellent type of Russian enthusiasm in the cause of liberty, an outline of his career is worth recording. Born in the neighborhood of St. Petersburg forty-three years ago, of a good family, he passed through the ordinary course of school training common in Russia, and at twenty entered the law section of the University of St. Petersburg. Here he became acquainted with some of the members of a revolutionary society; and when the police appeared upon the scene, as they usually did after a while, Stoleshnikoff accompanied his companions into the Predvaritelni Zakliouchenie,or House of Detention, in the Peter Paul fortress. After months of imprisonment the police dis- covered that he had been guilty of no crime beyond that of associating with a set of ultra- liberal citizens, and by ‘‘ administrative pro- cess’? he was dispatched to a small com- munity in the interior. Hewas allowed the freedom of the town itself, but received the warning that an attempt to cross its limits would mean ten years in Siberia. He remained on the spot for a time, until he learned, accidentally, that to make sure of his being out of the way of temptation, it had been decided to send him to Siberia in any event ; and so, forestalling his friends the police, he made a bee line for the frontier, and early in 1872 safely reached Geneva, Switzerland, the headquarters of the Rus- sian refugees. During the following eight years he was prominently connected with the leaders of the different revolutionary branches, and helped to carry on the propa- ganda by means of writings and the estab- lishment of methods of communication with the brotherhood in Russia. It is no secret that thousands of pamphlets were smuggled over the Russian frontier in those days, despite the ceaseless vigilance of the police ; and even at the height of the terror, copies of Vpered, Nabat, and other Nihilistic sheets published in London and Geneva, could be obtained without much difficulty in St. Petersburg, Moscow, and Odessa. The Russian Government, on learning of Stoleshnikoff’s presence in Geneva, sent him a formal notification to return home; but, guided by discretion, he disregarded the command, knowing full well the fate that awaited him there. But he has visited Rus- sia several times since his voluntary exile, LVOFF HARTMANN, and has always managed to preserve his incognito. Advancing years, the growth of a beard, and increasing adiposity have com- pletely transformed the slim, pale youth of 1872. After being engaged for a long period on the editorial staff of Tursky’s Svaboda in Geneva, Stoleshnikoff in 1880 came to Amer- ica, since which time he has remained in New York City, working modestly at his profession as an architectural draughtsman. In the mean while, however, he has not neglected the social question. Like She- vitch a believer in Carl Marx’s collectivism, he has directed all his efforts towards pro- mulgating the doctrine among the working classes. The Russian-Jewish immigrants, who now number thousands in New York City, have attracted his special attention. Realizing them to be a dangerous factor in the struggle between capital and labor,—dan- gerous.mainly on account of their tendency to cut down wages, and act as ‘‘scabs’’ dur- ing strikes, etc.,—he has persistently urged the starting of a newspaper in the Russian language fortheir benefit. But leaving aside the purely economical aspect of the question, he sees a social and hygienic side. Lying in bed, overcome by a temporary attack of sickness, he described to me most vividly the wretched mode of existence led by these unfortunates,—the overcrowded, ill-venti-

Page 44

THE NIHILISTS OF NEW YORK. caaptncrsyioupro po schxs yrossaxs decnomayeckoll momeTs me « Gyaymmores... Koraa aeocrowaa § pers ma sexs Towers compa HOBcHiN TPYAA CE KAMMTAZON, —p Coun us meofxogaue umtts ono Suaua Byporyaaa nepexs pyccxume pa- Govmun Cb STEWS Su aMeNEeN +, mi cluTscNs NyxUMUS saapeTs Tenope-mo ero ACRHSDD H HAUpa Bacuie -* . Ba cro asbre caorro ¥ Thx} Me crpaganiart, ws KOTOpLLXS Om wazoquaca pansme. Ona fipo. cam ero eae name. Bs coco shunol norowd sa ua- munol, &s cooems shnoMs noxs0- Nenm sosoTOMy TeZbuy, Oma nocTe- BONNOOTPOKARCE OTS BCTO Toro, veuy V. STOLESHNIKOFF, EDITOR OF “‘ZNAMIA.” lated condition of their tenements, the gen- eral filth and pollution of their surround- ings, their never-ending slavery, comprising sometimes eighteen hours of work out of twenty-four. He is almost the first Russian I have ever met who speaks of the low Rus- sian Jew as a fellow-being worthy of consid- eration and aid, for the Slav's hatred of the Hebrew would seem to be bred in the bone. The founding of the Zrzamia was uphill work in every sense. Every method was devised for procuring the necessary funds,— benefit performances, concerts, and lectures. Some of the projectors even applied for help to Verestchagin the artist, but that usually generous and high-souled man had already sud M ROOGKOAZuNOM ase Gyaymel, — mscued Tloazeparuvars paGovuxs m stom xeemeuin We BCID crynenaxs ero | DassUTi4, UX? Opranwsamia KaKs Kanc- i Seuilleton or literary supplement. suffered sufficient annoy- ances at the hands of the Russian police, to dare risking their displeasure any further by counten- ancing the establishment of a Socialist newspaper. And, moreover, he was not entirely in sympathy with the views to be pro- mulgated by the same. At length the Zuamia saw the light of day. Sufficient money had been scraped together by a small group of devoted theorists to cover the ex- penses of the first few is- sues. While not a Social- ist myself, I am glad to see the paper in a fair way of prospering. If it only teaches its readers to use soap, it will deserve success. and encourage- ment. So far its expres- sionsof opinion have been sober, and its general course enlightened. The first number, of which a partial reproduction ac- companies this article, starts with a proem de- scribing the evils of the present condition of things, and the remedies provided by Socialism. The second page contains Russian news, chiefly details of police aggression and tyranny. The first installment of Tchernichevsky’s novel, ‘‘ The Prologue of the Prologue,”’ a masterpiece of reasoning, constitutes the The adver- tisements are meagre, but they inform us of the existence of a number of small Russian stores on the east side, where every possible Russian commodity, from caviar and the national vodka (whisky) down to the equally national cranberry pie, can be purchased at moderate rates. I visited the editorial rooms of the Zxamza on Monroe Street some weeks ago, and found a scene not lacking picturesque quality. I jotted down my impressions in black and wo Guts at- euRXS paGo-

Page 45

THE NIHILISTS OF NEW YORK. white, and the sketch is shown here. A low back room, fifteen feet by twenty ; a printer’s case—with probably the only font of Russian type in America—in one corner ; an edito- rial desk in another; a samovar puffing away on the low stool in the foreground ; a view of a second apartment through a half- open door, with a young good-looking woman—the publisher's wife—lying on a bed of sickness ; and the picture is complete. Two days of the week Stoleshnikoff sits in this den (it reminds me vividly of the tradi- tional Nihilist secret printing room, minus the bombs) and turns out copy, handing sheet by sheet to the two compositors behind him. Between every few paragraphs the men throw down their sticks, pull out their tobac- co, rolla cigarette, and helping themselves at the samovar alternate a sip of delicious Russian tea with a puff of Russian tobacco. The Znamia, I may add, is finding its way into Russia like all its predecessors. Many copies are sent there, enclosed in envelopes as ordinary communications, on the chances of their escaping the eyes of the official post- office censor; others, again, are smuggled over the dividing line between Prussia and Russian Poland by the same men who have conducted this business for fifteen years, and whose feats rival anything that ever has been accomplished by their confréres in history 563 and fiction. One of their devices is to hol- low out the rough woodwork of the Polish peasant sleighs and pack the forbidden papers tightly within. They have also turned horse collars to this use, and for a long time they were able to smuggle in a thousand finely printed sheets per day in this manner. At Wirballen, on the frontier, a single sleigh of ordinary appearance was once found to contain three hundred news- papers that but for an accident would have passed the lines entirely unnoticed. I have purposely avoided mentioning those among our New York Russians who, though formerly revolutionists, are now in- tent only on following the peaceful pursuits of literature, trade, or industry. There are not a few of them in our midst: one a full- fledged count with a record of ten years Siberian prison life behind him; another (a physician), a former inmate of the Peter Paul fortress ; still another, an ex-instruct- ing magistrate of St. Petersburg ; and many more who are passed over in silence. It is with a feeling of pride—for there is some- thing of the Russian left in me, after all— that I conclude with the statement, that, whatever criticism may be p&ssed upon the methods of the Russian Nihilist at home, he is not known to have ever abused the hos- pitality offered him by this free country. THE PRINTING OFFICE OF ‘“* ZNAMIA.”

Page 46

WU CHIH TIEN, THE CELESTIAL EMPRESS. A CHINESE HISTORICAL NOVEL. (PART III.) TRANSLATED FROM THE ORIGINAL BY WONG CHIN Foo. CHAPTER XV. GENERAL WONG LEARNS OF THE CAPTURE OF THE PRINCE, AND IS ENRAGED BUT NOT DISCOURAGED THEREAT. LL glad of heart, General Wong and his ten thou- sand rode down from their stronghold in the mountains. On the second day he sent spies to the hills round about to watch for the Tedo of Paou Ting Fu. But the hours wore on and the sun blazed down from mid- heaven, and one by one the spies came back, some saying they had seen no signs and others telling of armed horsemen in the val- leys. At hearing this, General Wong’s heart was troubled, and he rode so fast that all but the swiftest riders were left streaming behind. At length the general saw two men fleeing toward him, but as soon as they beheld him and his followers, the men turned in great a, RN ee ed fright and sought to escape into the forest, x but they were overtaken and brought into the presence of General Wong, who at once began to question them. ‘* Who are yé?’”’ One of them made answer : ‘‘We are brothers, and dwellers in the city of Paou Ting Fu, and we are now going to visit our mother, who lies very sick in her home in the San Soo Mountains.” ‘‘Then why did ye fly?’’ asked the general. ‘‘Do ye not love the great empress, Wu Chih Tien ?”’ But the men looked at each other, and bowed their heads in silence. ‘* Know ye who we are?”’ The man who had spoken said : ‘‘ Ye are the soldiers of our great empress, Wu Chih Tien.’’ ‘“‘ Nay, we are her bitter foes. I am General Wong, on whose head she, who calls herself empress, has set a price ; and these horsemen she calls ‘ rebels’ !’’ When the men heard this, they fell on their knees, but their faces and hands were upraised, and the man who had spoken cried out : ‘* We feared you, and therefore I told not the truth. We are servants of the good Tedo of Paou Ting Fu !’’ ‘“ And the prince and the Tedo, where are they ?”’ ‘‘Oh, my master !’’ said the man, ‘‘ this morning our camp was attacked ten /is to the east, and we only escaped.”’

Page 47

WU CHIH TIEN, THE ‘* Where are the others ?”’ ‘‘Prisoners in the hands of Wu San Li, who, with his ten thousand horsemen, is speeding to Chung Ang,”’ said the man. When the soldiers heard this they grasped tighter their bridle-reins, and through their ranks there ran a cry of fierce pain, like that of the mountain eagle when she finds her nest despoiled and her young ones gone. Then General Wong pointed his flaming sword to the east, and shouted : ‘‘ Forward, to the rescue of our prince !”’ And each horseman was eager to be first to the front, and amid the thunder of flying hoofs went up the cry : ‘*On, on to Chung Ang !’’ Now the prince and the Tedo of Paou Ting Fu were placed in the same cart after they had been bound, and the old man’s heart was cast down, but it was not because he feared for himself. And seeing this, the prince, who had on his lips all the wise sayings of Con Fu Chee, sought to cheer him, for he said: ‘‘ They deserve well of the gods who yield without complaint to their will.”’ The jolting of the cart forced the cruel cords into the flesh of the prisoners, and the dust from the swarming hoofs went up like a pillar of cloud, so that the hot sun looked through it red as blood. After a long time the prince sat up, and tried ] to look back. ‘“‘Hark!’’ he said, ‘‘I hear thunder, though the sky is cloud- less, and the down-rush of rain, though the air is parched.”’ ‘“More soldiers from Chung Ang!”’ groaned the Tedo. “The sound comes not from Chung Ang, but from the direction of the moun- tains! Hear you not the fierce cries of the riders, and the snorting of hard-ridden steeds ?’’ Then the prince and the Tedo forgot the pain of the cords and looked back. Had the sun fevered their brains, or did their eyes deceive them? Through the dust-cloud they saw the red nostrils and burning eyes of flying horses, and like midnight lightning the bright swords leaped and fell. “Wau, wau, Savay ! foes of our prince !’’ 40 Down with the CELESTIAL EMPRESS. 565 Like mountain eagles when the despoiler is caught, the fierce horsemen of Mantchooria hurled themselves on the soldiers of Wu San Li. Thrown back like a wave from a shore of clay, like waves the men from the mountain swept on again, and the red spray flew up where their red blades fell. ‘Down with the tyrant! Down with Wu Chih Tien !”’ This was the cry of the giant Ta Teen, as on foot he forced his way through the tan- gled mass, till he came to the cart in which the prince and the Tedo were bound. He leaped in, and with his hot sword cut the cords. Then raising the prince to his shoulder, he stood up before the soldiers. At this sight, Wu San Li, and his men who had not fallen, turned and filed toward Chung Ang. And General Wong and his followers gathered about the cart, which had now become a throne; and at sight of the prince, “ GENERAL WONG RODE 80 FAST THAT ALL BUT THE SWIFT- EST RIDERS WERE LEFT STREAMING BEHIND.”

Page 48

566 each man swung from the saddle, dropped on his knees, and with sword and face up-raised, and eyes on fire, cried out : ‘Long live our prince !’’ CHAPTER XVI. GENERAL WONG RETURNS TO THE MOUNTAINS. THEN the prince stood up of himself, though he still held the hand of the eunuch, and the storm died out when they saw that he would speak. ‘‘In the name of my mother, whois dead,’’ he said, in a voice that rang out sweet and clear as the tones of a silver flute, ‘‘and in the name of our country, which still lives, I thank you, oh my friends, for what you have done this day. I am with you now; my heart goes out to you, as if each were a brother, beloved ; and, if it be the will of the gods, with you I will remain till the usurper be driven from the throne of my fathers, and peace and con- tent come again to the people whom he so loved, and to whom from this day on I sol- emnly devote the life which the gods have spared.”’ WU CHIH TIEN, THE CELESTIAL EMPRESS. On hearing this, sweet tears of joy quenched the battle-fire in the eyes of the warriors. Then each man leaped to the saddle, and baring his head and raising his face, he ‘* May the gods protect our prince !’’ ‘The honor you pay to me would come like a pain, if I did not share it. As an infant I was saved through Ta Teen, who fed me on his own blood, and, as a son, I have been nurtured by my loved friend, the Tedo of Paou Ting Fu. As they risked themselves and suffered for me when I was down, so must they rise as I rise, even to the heart of the throne,’’ said the prince. Again the soldiers cheered, and their hearts were full of joy when they heard the great wisdom that so well became the beautiful son of Wong Tai Ho. And they cheered Ta Teen, who remained silent; and they shouted for the Tedo of Paou Ting Fu, who thanked them in a voice that trembled, though it trembled not with fear. Now General Mah was not a man of many words, for the gods had not en- dowed him with easy speech, but that which should be done, he was quick to see and prompt to do. After he and his captains had kissed the hand of the prince, he sent swift messengers to the mountains with orders to tell the army there the good news, and to have them prepare for the reception of their emperor ; and, that this might be well done, he com- manded that Ta Teen accompany the men he had sent. The wives and children of the Tedo, all now weeping because of their happiness, were placed in the sedan chairs, from which they had been so rudely dragged by the soldiers of Wu San Li.

Page 49

WU CHIH TIEN, THE The dead were buried of General Mah’s men, three score and fifteen, and of the sol- diers of Wu Chih Tien, eight hundred and three ; and skilled men were left behind to care for those who couid not move because of their wounds. Then General Wong asked the prince if he would not be carried in a sedan chair, to which the youth answered : ‘This morning I felt as if I were still a child, but seeing the brave deeds of men has made me a man ; therefore, if you can give me a horse and a sword, I will ride in your midst and feel honored to have a common soldier beside me.’’ When General Mah heard this, his heart was so glad that he could not speak, but he ordered the best horse to be brought, with the finest sword and shield, and these he gave to the prince. Then the soldiers mounted, and they cheered when they saw the prince riding beside General Wong to the head of the line. All turned their faces to the mountains, above which the clouds had taken on the royal colors of vermilion and gold. The drums beat the advance ; the stand- ard of the dragon was upraised ; and then with a song of victory, to which they kept time by beating their swords on their shields, the soldiers rode up from the hot valley to the cool blue heights. CHAPTER XVII. THE PRINCE IS RECEIVED IN THE MOUNTAIN CAMP AND DECLARED EMPEROR OF THE GREAT MIDDLE FLOWERY KINGDOM. GENERAL Wonc did not go up the moun- tain so fast as he went down, but returned by slow marches, so that the tillers of the soil and the people who dwelt in little vil- lages among the foothills might have a chance to see their prince. Meanwhile, Ta Teen hastened to the army and told the good news ; and when the sol- diers heard the tidings they gathered about the giant, who was only a common soldier, and cheered him as if he were a prince of the house of Tung. The soldiers had only coarse food to eat, and they lived in huts of clay, or in tents made of the skins of beasts ; but there was a large store-house in the camp, in which CELESTIAL EMPRESS. 567 were kept the silks and precious things cap- tured from the caravans of Wu Chih Tien. Many of the soldiers were skilled artisans, who, because of their dread or hate of Wu Chih Tien, had fled to the hills and joined General Mah. These men Ta Teen called together, and said : “It is fitting that our prince should be received as becomes his exalted rank, so we must build a place for him to live in while we are here, and a tent in which he will see us when we pledge him our allegiance. And we must have flag-bearers and musicians to greet him, and fireworks and torches must be made ready for the night; and we must prepare a royal banquet in his honor, whereat all may sit down and eat with joy in their hearts.’’ When the artisans heard the commands of Ta Teen, they laid aside their weapons of war, and each man took up the implements. of his calling. Men skilled in the making of torches and in the use of gunpowder, and the mixing of those things that produce fires colored like blazing rainbows, set to work with gay songs. Great bands set forth to buy food and wine in the towns round about, for they had no longer fear of meeting the soldiers of Wu Chih Tien. ° Cannon* were dragged to the highest peaks, and here, too, great heaps of dry wood for bonfires were gathered. The men made ready their best attire ; dim shields were polished and rusting swords made bright; and silken flags were freed from their coverings that the free winds of the mountain might kiss them and smooth out their creases. And in the center of the valley, about which the dwelling-places of the soldiers rose in ascending and ever-widening circles, Ta Teen caused to be erected a great tent of white silk, and on a high staff in the center he raised the royal standard of the Tung. In this tent there were three chambers : in the first, the prince was to be received and divested of his present clothing ; in the sec- ond, he was to assume the princely robes * In those days cannon, charged with gunpowder, were used to fire salutes, but it seems their power as instru- ments of war had not been discovered.

Page 50

WU CHIH TIEN, 1HE CELESTIAL EMPRESS. ‘THE LAUGHTER OF REVELERS RANG THROUGH THE HALLS.” which Ta Teen had prepared ; and in the third, there was built a throne. It was late in the day, and General Wong and the. prince, at the head of the army of rescue, were drawing near to the camp, when a messenger came to them from the eunuch and said : ‘It is the prayer of Ta Teen that ye walk with slower steps, and enter not the pass leading to the camp till the sun be set, and the first stars shine in the east.’’ And the prince laughed with delight, and said: ‘‘It is well.”’ And they waited till the sun had gone down. Again they advanced to the beating of the horsemen’s drums; and as they neared the camp, the cannon on the hills thundered out, and their echoes went booming down the valleys, calling to the soldiers and the dwellers in the mountains to come out and welcome their prince. Then, as the last flush of the dying sun vanished, fires blazed out on a hundred peaks, fountains of blazing gems shot up, and rockets that rained drops of crimson and gold went hissing through the heavens. The way to the camp lay through a forest of flashing spears and a wall of gleaming swords, all lit by the torches in the left hands of the soldiers. At the entrance to the pass, Ta Teen met the prince, and he would have fallen and kissed the earth at his horse’s feet had not the noble youth called out : ‘*Nay, nay, Ta Teen, I shall feel honored to walk by thy side, and to lean on the arm that succored me when my heart had not grown to gratitude, nor my eyes learned to tell friend from foe.’’ Then the prince sprang from the saddle, and he took the right arm of Ta Teen, and so he went up through the forest of spears and the wall of swords. And the soldiers cheered and shook their torches till the air seemed full of blazing, liquid gold ; and as the prince and the eu- nuch came to view, the men knelt and poured out their souls in prayers and heart-cries. In the center of the valley, where the royal standard floated above the silken tent, all was bright as if the sun shone down from heaven’s central arch. Ta Teen and the prince entered the tent, that glowed like a wondrous pearl, and the

Page 51

WU CHIH TIEN, THE soldiers, in great circles, rising one above another like belts of trembling fire, waited in silence, but not for long. At length Ta Teen appeared alone, and he made signs to some men who stood with ropes in their hands outside the tent. At the signal, the men pulled the ropes, and the tent fell away, as the white frost melts at sight of the sun. And lo! there, seated on the throne, was the son of Tung Ko Sung, the child of the murdered Wong Tai Ho, for whom the hearts of the soldiers had hungered, and in his right hand he held up to the sight of his people the royal seal of the house of Tung. CHAPTER XVIII. WU CHIH TIEN LEARNS OF THE DEFEAT OF HER GENERAL, AND SHE VOWS TO LEAD THE SOLDIERS TO VICTORY HER- SELF. Wvu San Li, the brother of Wu Chih Tien, and the commander of her armies, wept with fear and rage when he found that his soldiers were beaten and put to flight, and that the youth whom he had taken with the Tedo of Paou Ting Fu was he who many called the son of Tung Ko Sung, and of his wife Wong Tai Ho. And much fearing that the victors under General Mah would press on and surprise the capital, Wu San Li rode night and day, and many horses died beneath him before he reached Chung Ang. And when he had come to the palace, he saw lamps pendent from the trees, and col- ored lights moving about the lakes, which were crowded with gayly painted boats, from which came the sound of singing and the rhythmic beat of flashing oars. And every window in the palace was aglow, and music and the laughter of revel- ers rang through the halls. Wu San Li stood at the entrance to the great hall, in which Wu Chih Tien was singing and drinking wine with her com- panions, but without her permission he dared not enter. Through the great doors he saw her seated on a dais, and crowned with lotus and pas- sion flowers, and he said to one who stood guard : 569 ‘‘T-am covered with dust and blood, yet must you know me.”’ And the man made answer : ‘“‘Thou art the great commander of the armies of her majesty, Wu Chih Tien, the Daughter of Light, and I, thy worthless slave, kiss the earth at thy feet.’’ “T bring to her majesty news of great import : the foe is marching on Chung Ang, and she must know it at once. Tell her that I am without, and await her pleasure,’’ said Wu San Li. ‘““Would my great master, Wu San Li, send his poor slave to death?’’ said the guard. ‘* Nay, it is to save the capital. with and I will bear the blame.’ ‘‘T was placed here by her high com- mand,’’ said the guard, ‘‘and were I to desert my post, even at thy bidding, oh, my master, to-morrow’s sun would see me in the hands of the head-man, or struggling with the wild beasts in the pits. Wait until the feasting be over, and lead me not to disobedience and death, for a wife and children await my coming outside the city’s walls.’’ And, having said this, the guard threw his spear across the entrance to the banquet hall. And so Wu San Li, weary in body and heavy of heart, paced the court, or bathed his hands and his hot face in the fountain, till the lights of pleasure in Chung Ang grew dim before the light of another day. At length a great shout and the beating of drums told that the banquet had closed, and that Wu Chih Tien was leaving the hall of revel for her chamber. Young and beautiful she appeared as when the eyes of Tung Ko Sung first feasted on her loveliness in the convent at Neko San, and on her face the lines which pleasure cuts more deeply and quickly than does pain were wanting. And when she approached, Wu San Li threw himself at her feet, as if he had been her slave and not her brother, and he called out : “‘Oh, Daughter of Light, and mighty mistress, I béar thee a message !”’ She looked proudly down, nor noticed that he trembled as she said : ‘* You bear me good news from Paou Ting Fu. You have brought hither the traitor CELESTIAL EMPRESS. Go forth-

Page 52

WU CHIH TIEN, THE 57° Tedo, and the creature whom the rebels call the son of Wong Tai Ho?”’ “ Alas! my mistress,’’ moaned Wu San Li, still groveling on the ground, ‘‘a great misfortune hath befallen my army—”’ ‘*Stop not!’’ she cried, and she spurned him with her foot, ‘‘but tell me what has happened !’’ ‘* By thy command, I hastened to Paou Ting Fu, and there learned that the Tedo and all his household had fied. Then we tarried not, but with fresh horses pressed the pursuit, till I had taken the Tedo of Paou Ting Fu and all his household—’’ ‘*An act that well became our kinsman and the commander of our invincible armies. But go on and say that, having done this noble act, you then brought the prisoners to Chung Ang, to be disposed of according to our royal pleasure.”’ ‘‘Oh, my mistress !’”’ cried the unhappy man, ‘‘ would that I could say that with truth. But as thy unworthy servants were returning to Chung Ang, nor dreaming of the presence of an armed foe, suddenly, as if the earth had opened her breast and cast them forth, the wild men of the mountains and the fierce riders of Mantchooria, with swords of fire, and horses whose breaths were flame, swept down upon my army. We fought till nearly all were dead or dying, then, fearing that the foe would press on to Chung Ang, I rode hither that the capi- tal might be guarded and our army be ready to receive them.’’ ‘*Oh, coward !’’ shrieked Wu Chih Tien, and when he would have risen, she cast him back with her hand. ‘‘Had you been worthy our confidence, you would have slain the prisoners, or died in the attempt. But you live and dare to fly hither, to tell us of your own shame. Away! nor show me your face again till valorous deeds wash away the disgrace! Our army has a leader. This day I will call out the hosts, and I, their empress, will lead them to the hills of San Soo and to victory !”’ CHAPTER XIX. WU CHIH TIEN ASSEMBLES "HER FORCES, AND THEY MARCH AWAY. BELOow their breath, men had whispered ‘* Wu Chih Tien is the daughter of demons,’’ CELESTIAL EMPRESS. but now, in truth, did she appear as ‘‘ the Daughter of Light.”’ Leaving Wu San Li panting on the ground, Wu Chih Tien hastened to her own cham- ber, where she ordered an alarm to be sounded in the palace, and all the bells in Chung Ang to be rung. The drowsy servants and wearied slaves flew to her feet at her call, many hoping that the end had come, and that they would see her dying or dead. But they found her taller and straighter than before, with her long hair thrown back like the mane of a wild steed, and the battle- light burning in her beautiful eyes. And she cried to her women : ‘Take off these robes of weakness, and quick bring to me the sword and the suit of golden armor which I wore when in the masque I took the part of Annam’s war- god !’’ And the wearied servants thought that the tireless empress of pleasure was prepar- ing for another revel, but they dared not disobey. And when she had dressed in the golden armor of the war-god of Annam, she drew her sword, and hurried to the hall of the throne, whither she had summoned all her generals and all the wise men in Chung Ang to assemble. The soldiers saw her and rubbed their eyes ; and it was not till she had spoken that the councillors knew that this was Wu Chih Tien. ‘*Mount tireless couriers on the swiftest horses to be found in Chung Ang,”’ she cried, ‘‘and send them throughout our em- pire, that they may order all our soldiers to gather at the capital without delay. Build camps outside the city’s walls, for those here and for those to come. Let those whom I have honored by such duty see that pro- visions be gathered for a great host, and that the armor and weapons of the men be made ready for battle.’’ Then one bolder than the rest spoke and said : ‘*It fills our hearts with joy to do the bid- ding of our royal mistress, but we hunger to know why warlike preparation is to take the place of pleasure in Chung Ang?”’ To this she made answer : ‘*The rebels under General Wong have grown strong. Four days since they de-

Page 53

WU CHIH TIEN, THE CELESTIAL EMPRESS. feated oui horsemen. A few days more and they will gain in strength and boldness, and attack our capital. They have set up a boy, whom they call the son of Tung Ko Sung, and whom they swear to place by force on the throne of the Great Middle Flowery Kingdom. But we must not wait for them to strike. We must gather all our forces ; and I, their empress, will lead them against the rebels in the San Soo Mountains !”’ Then acry of joy rang through the hall, and the soldiers laid their hands on their sword-hilts and cheered. Then Wu Chih Tien went down, and, having mounted a horse, she took in her hand the royal banner, and she rode through the city and out through the camps of the soldiers. And at the sight of the war queen, the people forgot the empress of pleasure who had so cruelly oppressed them, and they cheered her and flocked to her standard. For the memory of pain is short-lived, and oppression is forgot in the valor of the oppressor. And the young men flocked to her stand- ard, and the old men blessed her as she rode by. Then came a day when one million fight- ing men were gathered in and about Chung Ang. And, with another to bear the banner be- hind her, Wu Chih Tien rode down the cheering lines, and, with her sword pointed toward the San Soo Mountains, she cried out : ‘*Follow me, my children, for we go to weave with our swords red wreaths of glory for the Great Middle Flowery Kingdom !”’ CHAPTER XX. GENERAL WONG PREPARES FOR BATTLE. THE day after the feasting was over in the camp of General Mah, all the captains, with Ta Teen and the Tedo of Paou Ting Fu, gathered to meet the prince in the place where the throne had been set up. Then Ta Teen said : ‘‘ For fourteen years and more, I have car- ried near my heart the private seal of our dead emperor, Tung Ko Sung, the same which, according to custom, he had in- trusted to the keeping of his first empress, 57! the mother of our beloved prince. Yester- day, I placed this seal in his hand, and last night he returned it tomy care. But, though the years of our prince be few, he is wiser than men whose hair is gray. The time has come for me to surrender the seal forever, so I restore it to its owner, asking him to guard it till he ascends the throne of his fathers, and never to surrender it unless he meets with one whom he can trust more than he trusts himself.’’ Then Ta Teen knelt before the prince, and handed him the open casket, in which all could see the royal seal, though it was no larger than the finger-ring of a mandarin. The prince then took the casket of purple jade, and, having closed it, he placed it in a silken wallet suspended over the brand that had been burned above his heart, and he said : ‘* May the gods keep me as faithful to the trust as thou hast been, oh, Ta Teen !’’ Now General Wong was a wise man as well as a brave soldier,so he knew that, when Wu Chih Tien learned of the defeat of Wu San Li, she would be angered, and that she would send a great army to the mountains to destroy him, so he forth- with made ready. In his camp there were men from every province and town in the empire, and the most wary of these he sent out to tell the people that the son of Tung Ko Sung lived, and that they must hasten to his defense if they would be free from the tyrant Wu Chih Tien. And he also sent out many spies to watch the country between Chung Ang and the mountains, that he might be apprised in time of the coming of the usurper’s army. This done, he appointed men to train his new soldiers in the use of bow and sword and shield ; but only to those who rode well, like the men of Mantchooria, were horses given. Now the prince was skilled with the sword, and the wildest horse yielded to the light touch of his hand, whereat the sol- diers were much pleased. But one day, in the midst of these prepa- rations, many breathless spies came running into camp, and when they could make them- selves heard, they cried out : ‘* All the soldiers of Wu Chih Tien march hither from Chung Ang!”’

Page 54

572 Then General Wong, with his captains, and Ta Teen and the prince, climbed to the top of the loftiest peak overlooking the eastern valleys, and they saw that it was even as the spies had reported. To the east, from the point where the sky came down to the earth, and up to the north and down to the south, as far as they could see, the sunlight flashed from on- pouring rivers of steel. Through the dust-clouds, ten thousand banners could be seen, all pointing toward the mountains. HOW AND WHY. And far to the front, with mailed horse- men around, rode one in golden armor, and behind this rider came the royal stand- ard of Wu Chih Tien. ‘‘The hour we have prayed for has come,”’ said General Mah. ‘Let us hasten back to camp and prepare for battle, for, though our numbers be few, the gods of justice will fight on our side.’’ Then, with lips tight pressed, they went down to the camp, where soon the war- drums were sounding, and the cheering sol- diers prepared for the work of death. (To be continued.) HOW AND WHY. By RICHARD HENRY STODDARD. IF one could understand The things that are close at hand, The How and the Why, He never need die! The flowers that bloom, With their hidden perfume, Where the spider weaves in its fairy loom ; The rivulet which sings Of the far-off springs ; The leaf on the tree, Dancing in glee To its inward melody ; Trees, spiders, flowers, and all declare Secrets of earth and air, And all make reply : ‘*O man, you need not die !’’ But there cometh—ah, from where? This voice of despair ! ‘The order of Nature Doth this way tend,— Whatever was begun Will surely have an end.”

Page 55

BIRDS.—(Part II.) By OvrpDaA. / 11K marvelous powers by which birds can guide themselves from the Pole to the Mediterranean, from the White Nile to the Thuringian forests, are the most inscrutable and profoundly interesting of all natural wonders. Thescalpel and the crucible of the vivisectionist and the chemist cannot penetrate its secrets, and the revolutionist may fit his pet theories as he will to its mysteries ; he will fail to ex- plain it. Tourgénieff, in 7he Quail, sets the problem before us, but can give no solution : the small body of the quail, her courage for her brood, her little beating heart, her affection, her innocence, her full, sweet, happy life, harming noth- ing under the grasses and the dark leaves, and all its loveliness looked on merely as an aim for a gun, as a toothsome morsel for an epicure! Oh, the pity of it! the pity of it! The cruel and sense- less waste of love and pain! Des- demona’s death was not one-half so pitiful as the death of the birds with every day that dawns. Tourgénieff, a child even when he saw the quail, never forgot her. If such lessons could be oftener given to boyhood, perhaps hearts less noble than Tourgénieff’s might be moved, and minds less lofty than his be touched to some compassion and to comprehension. I would have Tourgénieff’s quail and Dostoieffsky’s poem of 7he Eagle printed and given to every lad who can understand beauty of thought and style. The eagle has been captured in the snare and brought to a prison in Siberia; the prisoners keep it and see in its intense misery the reflection and expression of theirown. Then spring comes—the late, harsh, Siberian spring. Some amongst them wish to give it freedom ; others demur. Why should a bird be set free when their own lives must drag on under chains until death brings insensibility and a mockery of release ? The debate is long, and for a while the more selfish prevail. They suffer: let the eagle suffer with them. But at the last the nobler and more generous amongst them have their way. The eagle is unchained. For a few moments, bewildered and incredulous, he can not

Page 56

574 BIRDS. realize his liberty : then slowly he rises and spreads his mighty wings and sails above the parapet of the bastion and passes away, soaring higher and higher in the misty air until he is lost from sight against the clouds. The men to whom freedom can never come watch him with aching eyes—giving to him that which death alone can give to them. All the highest parts of genius—its sym- pathy, its tenderness, its comprehension, its passion of pity and of freedom—are embodied in these two bird stories of the two great Russian writers; and whoever could read either without emotion would indeed be cursed with that secheresse de ceur which modern education has done so much to create. Tour- génieff and Dostoieffsky would feel the heart-beats of that murdered quail, the over- whelming misery of the imprisoned eagle, sion; but some echo of this comprehension, some fibers of it, may be aroused in all who study and love nature —not with the cold inquisitiveness of so- called natu- ralists, but with the warmth of sympathy and the reverence of pantheism. It is not the naturalist, capable of killing every rare specimen that he espies by mere or brake, who loves birds, but the poet who listens to the sad evening cry of the agiale, like Shelley, or who translates the throstle’s strong March lyric into human verse, like Austin, or who can chant the glorious rapt- ure of the sea-gull’s flight, like Swinburne, who loves both birds and nature. To be awakened in the soft gray of earli- est dawn by the /aus deo of the merle, and flail to thee, O Day! of the nightingale, thrilling, shouting, echoing through the leaves beneath our chamber windows, is one of the sweetest and the purest joys of life. The delicate ear and the fine sensibility will always remain the exclusive posses- sions of the few; but much might be done even amongst the many, by educa- tion of the heart and mind, to teach because they were men of that evident genius which is universal com prehen- We to the youth of the nation the interest and delight which may be found in an intelligent and tender apprecia- tion of bird-life. It is ludicrous, or would be, were it not lamentable, to see women agitating for political rights and disputing the schools, the bar, and the senate with men, whilst their own fields of legitimate in- fluence and effort lie almost wholly neglected. If men have been the criminals to birds as far as sport and its persecutions go, women have sinned against them to

Page 57

BIRDS. the full as much, and as inexcusably, for sake of ornament. Thousands and tens of thousands of humming-birds are poisoned or starved to death annually to gratify the caprices of fashion. The gorgeous bird of paradise, the wonderful lyre-bird, and all the exquisite varieties of the s/ridores genus (humming-birds) are sacrificed incessantly, that the coiffures of women may be adorned with their dead bodies. Of hundreds of paradise-birds slain for their golden tails, more than two-thirds are made useless for even that miserable pur- pose, by the clumsy and barbarous methods of capture or slaughter pursued by the natives of New Guinea and adjaits cent isles, who hunt them for the European trader or nat- uralist. Humming-birds and sun-birds also, if some steps are not taken to make the commerce in them unlawful, will soon be- come extinct. Neither ball-dress nor bon- net is really the prettier for their sacrifice ; the idea conveyed by dead birds, however admirably mounted, is an unpleasant one, and your trimming of dead canaries or stuffed trochilida makes the wearer of it no whit higher than the Indian squaw or the South Sea Islander. It is idle to blame the modistes ; it is the wearers who are the cul- prits. Milliners, like all other caterers to 575 public taste, only provide what pleases their customers. Ifa few of the leaders of society peremptorily forbade the use of birds in the confection of their toilets. and head- dresses, the sentiment against it would become general before long ; the faiseurs and faiseuses would cease to purchase birds for this purpose ; and the commerce in them would fall to nothing ; whilst in time, from the great ladies to the people, the feelirg against such usage would descend until even the slavey ofthe kitchen would be ashamed to tell her sweetheart to shoot her a kittiwake or trap a wood-pigeon for her Sunday head-gear. The myriads of birds killed, mutilated, or captured, only that their skins may be eaten by moths in show-rooms and bonnet-boxes, are the victims of a fashion neither graceful nor of good taste. They serve no purpose for which the marvelously executed arti- ficial flowers of Paris, or the plumes of ostrich feathers, which may be dropped in molting and collected, are not infinitely better adapted. Birds are not beautiful on gowns and on head-dresses ; and their stiff- ness and immovability there are only in piteous and painful contrast with their liveliness and rapid movements when in life. eS Silly

Page 58

BISKRA. FROM THE SEA TO THE DESERT. By Davin Ker. 1. ‘‘THE LAND WHERE ALL THINGS ARE FORGOTTEN.”’ ELL, Monsieur Ker, what think you of the Sahara Desert? Is not this one of those days which, as the Italian proverb says, no living thing can face but a pig and an Englishman ?’’ ‘‘It would certainly appear so, M. le Capi- taine,’’ answer I, laughing, ‘‘ for you and J seem to be the only living things abroad.”’ The young Frenchman—one of those who forgive anything for an epigram—smiles good humoredly as we move on. But it soon appears that I am wrong, for just at that moment another “‘ living thing’’ comes round the corner of the low, white rampart that we are skirting, in the form of the vet- eran French commandant of the fort, Ma- jor de C——, who is on his way to our quar- ters to pay his respects and offer us his assistance in seeing all that we wish. He at once joins our party, and away we all three go together. Captain A—— has certainly good cause for his plain-spoken criticism. Although we have as yet penetrated barely a hun- dred and fifty miles into the terrible Sahara, we are already compassed about on every side by the grim silence and eternal desola- tion of the land where all things are forgot- ten. Behind us the stony ridges of the bor- der mountains, through which we have been struggling for two days past, loom out gray and stern against the hot, cloudless blue of the Africansky. To our left, the bare white wall of the French fort stands gauntly up in the blistering glare of the noonday sun. On our right, the tiny, flat-roofed, one-storied mud hovels of the quaint little native village, now voiceless and lifeless as the tombs which they so much resemble, huddled together beneath the shade of a cluster of tall palm- trees. Even the snappish Arab dogs seem too much ‘‘ played out’’ to bark, and merely show their teeth as a matter of form ; while the solitary vulture that hovers like a cloud far up in the bright, burning, merciless sky, hangs poised on his outspread wings as if unable to make up his mind to the exertion of looking out for a dinner. And away in front of us, far as the eye can reach, the dim unending level of the eternal desert melts into the quivering film of intense heat along the horizon, in an endless succession of wide wastes of sand, and bare, stony plains, and dry, dusty hollows, out of which the bleaching bones of camels and of men start up white and ghastly every here and there. All at once, in the very midst of the hot, brassy glare that makes all earth and sky seem on fire together, the plumy crests of a long line of graceful palms are seen standing like sentinels along the edge of a clear, still, shining lake. So perfect is the illusion that any unpracticed traveler might well be de- ceived by it ; but I have seen the same phan- tom landscape too often before, whether in polar seas or equatorial deserts, not to recog- nize at a glance the fatal mirage that mocks the weary eye of the lost wanderer in these awful solitudes with a deceitful semblance of

Page 59

FROM THE SEA hope, only to add a keener agony to his despair. And all this grim loneliness is intensified a hundred-fold by the nearness of the world of life and action, which can be almost seen from the border of this great kingdom of death. Yonder, behind the bare, stony ridges of the northern mountains, lie rail- ways and steamers, newspapers and tele- grams, hotels, churches, and theaters—all the stir and bustle of modern civilization. Here, where we stand, the lion prowls by night and the robber by day ; the skeletons of murdered men bleach amid the drifting sands from which the hyena has torn them ; the sole human habitations are these black tents whence the dark, bony, wolfish visages of the desert horsemen peer forth at us, un- changed since they fought beneath the eye of Hannibal twothousand years ago. What- ever changes have passed over the nations that creep along its borders, the Sahara itself is untamed and untamable. Such as it was on the day when the lessening waters of the primeval ocean first dried off from it, such it still remains—the same yesterday, to-day, and for ever. Nor does one find here, as in many other places, a slow and gradual transition from fertile soil to eternal barrenness, from the realm of life to the realm of death. The fiat, treeless steppes of Eastern Russia are so like the Central Asian deserts that you pass from one to the other almost unconsciously. Be- tween the monotonous level of the Egyptian lowlands and that of the Nubian sand-wastes beyond them there is but little to choose, except that the former can be cultivated and the lattercan not. In northwestern Africa it is far otherwise. The Sahara begins and ends as abruptly as if its boundaries were marked by a ruled line. For many miles after you have got beyond ear-shot of the garrison bugles of Batna, signs of life and labor abound on every side—tiny gardens, thriving crops of African corn, Arab huts, and even French post-houses, broad-leaved fig-trees yielding those small, sweet figs upon which the Moors of Barbary have often kept themselves alive for weeks and months when the corn itself happened to fail them. And, ever and anon, as the rattle of your horse-hoofs awakens ali the echoes of the sloping hills that flank your line of march on either hand, a gray mass is seen shooting TO THE DESERT. 577 through the air, from rock to rock, in one clear bound of fifteen or twenty feet, accom- panied by a sharp clatter of falling stones ; and your Moorish guide tells you, with the gleam of a born hunter’s instinct in his large black eyes, that this shadowy leaper is one of the famous ‘“‘ four-horned antelopes,’’ which are fast becoming as rare as the Great Auk itself, their strangely-shaped skulls being almost as precious a trophy to the Algerine sportsman as the tawny hide of the lion. But the sun is not yet high in the sky when there comes over this picturesque land- scape a sudden and gloomy change. Right in front starts up athwart your path a vast craggy precipice of gray rock, many hun- dreds of feet in height, as if to shut out from mortal eyes the unknown world beyond it. In the center of this strange rampart of nature yawns a mighty chasm, straight and narrow, as if cloven by the stroke of a giant sword, through which you see the hot, cloud- less blue of the southern sky, and the bound- less emptiness of the great desert melting into each other in the depth of a dim, gray distance which seems to have no end. Such a gateway might Milton’s somber fancy have imaged between this world and the next ; but it is more fortunate in its jan- itors. In place of being sentineled by the snaky ‘‘Sin’’ and gloomy ‘‘ Death,’’ whom the great poet planted as guards at the en- trance of Hades, the gorge of El Kantarah has for its porter a brisk, jovial little French- man, who, assisted by a wife as blithe and active as himself, keeps a neat little white- fronted restaurant at the very base of the mighty cliff, and knows by heart both the face and the name of every officer or soldier who passes to and fro. Here, with spotless table-linen, rolls and coffee worthy of the best hotel in Paris, and a savory little omelette, of which Soyer him- self might have been justly proud, we have the last taste of civilized life that is likely to fall in our way for many a day tocome. And as we set forth again for our final plunge into this great gulf of desolation, the cheery ‘Bon voyage ’’ shouted after us by our kind host and hostess sounds like the living world bidding us farewell. And then, hour after hour, the same blis- tering glare, the same hot, prickly dust, the same endless level, the same parching heat, the same awful silence, the same grim, life-

Page 60

AN OASIS IN THE DESERT.

Page 61

FROM THE SEA TO THE DESERT. less, eternal desolation. Evening closes in, and still the seemingly unending journey goeson. Thesun sets, and beneath the fast- falling shadows of night the mighty waste looks vaster and drearier than ever. Grad- ually there creeps over you that strange nightmare feeling which haunts one in troubled dreams—a feeling of flying along at whirlwind speed for hours and days together, without ever advancing one foot onthe way. Then the moon rises, giving to the vast wilderness a spectral and unearthly look ; and you sink gradually into a kind of drowsy trance, which is neither sleeping, brooding, nor waking, but a mixture of all three. Then suddenly lights spring up around you out of the darkness—there is aclamor of many voices, a ring of arms, the hoarse challenge of a sentry, a guttural ‘‘Mashallah !’’ (Praise to God) from your Arab attendant, and you are safe within the walls of a fortress of the desert. ‘‘ Now, M. le Correspondant,’’ says the young captain’s voice, breaking in upon my meditations, ‘‘we’ll show you something that you won't see every day—a Sahara vil- lage of Mohammedan negroes.’’ ‘‘ When I was in Central Africa a few years ROMAN REMAINS ON THE EDGE OF THE SAHARA (ARCH OF LAMBESSA), ago,’’ rejoin I, ‘‘I found the Mohammedan faith making great progress among the negro tribes there. Is it the same thing in these parts ?”’ ‘It is, indeed. You see, after finding him- self looked down upon for ages and ages, when the negro suddenly sees a man coming to him and saying, ‘All men are equal in the sight of Allah (God), and the moment you declare your belief in Him and in the prophet you are as good a man as I am,’ then, of course, Mr. Negro thinks it a very good idea and agrees to it at once.’’ On the broad, open space between the fort and the clustering mass of Arab hovels be- yond it, a detachment of dapper little French soldiers from the garrison are marching and counter-marching in the full blaze of the mid-day sun. Small and slight as they are, the men do their work in soldier-like fash- ion, and make a very fair show, though the Sahara has already left its mark upon the disfigured faces of nearly a fourth of their number, which are so scarred by the terrible ‘‘Biskra boils ’’ (caused by the bad water of the desert), that their eyes look as if cased in green spectacles. But even these white faces and European uniforms seem natural here, despite the Oriental surroundings, for any Raided is en algal ities Lal neta a tee

Page 62

580 FROM THE SEA appliances of war are proper to a region where war has reigned in one form or an- other since the world began. One discordant feature, indeed, presents itself in the form of a Parisian play-bill pasted on a wall, which affects me with the same sense of incongruity which I felt when picking up English cigar-cases and Chicago meat-cans in the gloomy gorges of Afghanistan, or finding beside the fire- blasted crater of Mount Hecla, in Iceland, a greasy copy of the London 7imes, contain- ing a half-eaten ham sandwich. But the next moment I am revived by a genuine bit of Oriental coloring, viz., an Arab in the very act (as Paddy would say) of being bas- tinadoed. That sight carries me back at once to my far-off days in Syria, when I first witnessed this punishment in front of the Pasha’s palace at Damascus. On that occasion, the culprit was lying full length on the ground, with a brawny Turkish soldier sitting cross- legged on his chest like a nightmare by way of making him comfortable, while two men held up the soles of his feet in the air, and two others belabored them with long sticks as if beating acarpet. The victim himself never uttered a sound, but the two who were thrashing him screamed and howled like denions, perhaps to save him the trouble of doing it himself. The moment the punish- ment was over, up jumped two other men and flogged the floggers themselves, doubt- less for not hitting hard enough ; and then a fat old Turkish major, who had been watch- ing the whole business with a smile of quiet, heartfelt enjoyment, waddled placidly up and boxed their ears all round as if he were giving them his blessing, after which the congregation dispersed. But the most characteristic feature of this strange scene is still to come. As the two officers and I turn the angle of the fort, we see advancing toward us between the embowering palms, half seen through billowy clouds of dust, a train of ten or twelve native marauders who have just been captured—chained together two by two, and guarded by a couple of mounted spahis.* As they come closer, and we see them more clearly, it would be hard * The name given to Arab troopers in the French ser- vice, the infantry being called “ Turcos.” The Anglo- Indian word “‘ Sepoy”’ is a corruption of ‘‘ Spahi.” —D. K. TO THE DESERT. to imagine a finer contrast than these two opposing types of the samie race—the soldier- Arab sitting proudly erect on his fiery war- horse, one blaze of scarlet and white and gold, his loaded carbine ready to his hand, his trusty sword by his side, his firm, manly face and large, lustrous eyes filled with that mingling of dashing valor and quiet, con- fident steadiness which discipline alone can give—the robber-Arab slouching along beside him in his tattered white mantle, filthy, bare-limbed, fettered, scowling, with the matted hair and sullen, side-long glance of a prowling beast of prey. ‘‘They make capital soldiers, thése fel- lows,’’ says the elder of my two companions, with a glance of stern professional approval at the passing spahis, ‘‘ only it don’t do to give them native officers. With a French- man to lead them, they’ll go anywhere and do anything ; but an Arab can’t understand being commanded by another Arab—it’s all ‘ kif-kif’ with them.”’ (This is an untranslatable Arabic phrase, conveying much the same idea as our ‘* One man is as good as another.’’) ‘*Did they do much in the war of 1870?” ask I. ‘* The ‘ Turcos’ did—that’s what we call the Arab infantry, you know,’’ answers the major ; ‘‘ but the right place for such fellows is in the reserve—they’ re far too fiery for the front. They are too proud to lie down un- der fire, even if you order them to do it ; and as soon as they see their comrades falling, they rush on pell-mell and get themselves massacred for nothing. So, you see, they were so badly cut up at Weissenberg and Worth that they hardly showed at all in the later battles. Ah! here’s one of the Arab encampments at last. You tell me you have been all through Central Asia—did you ever see anything there more picturesque than this?”’ In truth, the picture that lies before us is one which may fairly match any recollection of my wanderings in the Far East. In the depths of this great sea of desolation, the unchanging past has successfully intrenched itself against the restless present, and still preserves, even in this whirlwind age of railways and telegraphs, the living impress of what this busy world of ours was in its far-off childhood, in the simple primeval days of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob. Here,

Page 63

FROM THE SEA before our very eyes, the sheik of the tribe sits in his tent-door to receive his guests, just as the Hebrew shepherd-prince sat, in a tent of the very same kind, on the sunny uplands of Canaan four thousand years ago. Here are veiled women drawing water forthe camels, like Jethro’s daughters when Moses stood as an unknown wayfarer beside the well of Midian. These three turbaned elders, who are talking beneath the shade of yon- der palm, might well pass for the wise Emirs who discussed so eloquently the deep- est problems of human life around the suffer- ing Job. Those camels, strung out in single file across the hot, brassy yellow of the great desert, or crouching indolently on the warm, dry earth while their loads are removed, were carrying the world’s merchandise in the self-same fashion before Joseph was sold into Egypt. Beside the battered camp-kettle in which their coffee is steaming, a dozen wild-look- ing “sons of the desert’’ (whose gaunt, sinewy frames, keen black eyes, and rough camel’s-haircloaks, would furnish any painter with a matchless study for Elijah or John the Baptist) are grouped around a white- haired kessehgou (story-teller), listening, as only Orientals cam listen, to a story which they already know by: heart, while he re- counts—in the style ascribed by Tennyson to his famous ‘‘ Brook’’—how Antar, the Arab Hercules, fought five thousand men at once, or how Sultan Shedaud made a ‘‘ para- dise’’ to surpass heaven itself, and was struck down by the Angel of Death ere he could enter it ; or, perhaps (judging by the frequent flashes of white teeth that light up these dusky faces like lightning in a moon- less sky), how the ‘‘ Commander of the Faith- ful’’ himself was outwitted by Nasr-ed- Deen El Khojah, the recognized ‘funny man ’’ of Islam, whose threadbare jokes are still the delight of every bazaar from Sam- arcand to Morocco: ‘‘Then was the great Sultan exceeding angry to be thus made a jest of, and he spake unto Nasr-ed-Deen : ‘ Know, O Nasr- ed-Deen El Khojah, that he who dares to laugh at the Commander of the Faithful is as one entering a lion’s den to pluck his beard. Wherefore, since thou hast done this, lo ! the Angel of Death stands beside thee, and it is fated that thou shalt die straightway ; but, as thy jests have given me full many a merry 41 TO THE DESERT. 581 hour, this one favor will I grant thee, that thou mayest choose by what death thou wilt die.’ Then answered El Khojah: ‘ Emir-al- Moomerir (Commander of the Faithful), may thy shadow never be less. Since thou art so gracious to thy slave as to let him choose his own death, I choose /o die of old age !’”’ Apart from the mirthful group, silent and alone, sits an aged man, with his head bowed gloomily upon his breast. His only son has died during the passage of the desert, and, with all his Moslem stoicism, the bereaved father can not find it in his heart to join the happy circle in which his boy’s bright face will never be seen again. But the day is wearing on, and the goal of our march—the native village of Sidi-Okba— is still far distant, while the sun, though quite hot enough already, threatens to be- come what I once heard an English tourist call ‘‘ more hotlerer’’ by and by. So we make the best of our way out of the camp, not without some risk from the obtrusive attentions of the Arab dogs—lean, wolfish beasts, whose whitish-yellow tint is strongly suggestive of an ill-cooked omelette, the salt and pepper being represented by the thick- flying sand. So vigorously and clamorously do they obstruct our progress, that one might well take them for the glorified spirits of African custom-house officers, promoted to be dogs as a reward for their zeal in dis- charging their duty. The crossing of the open space beyond the encampment is (as a spiteful French wit said of his marriage) ‘‘a duty rather than a pleasure ;’’ for the rising wind meets us with a scientific round-hand whirl worthy of a professional bowler, sending the hot prickly dust tingling and smarting into our eyes, and down our throats, and up our noses, and through every fold and nook of our clothing. The contrast is quite startling when, after a seemingly endless struggle through the choking sand-storm and merciless blinding glare of the unsheltered desert, we pass sud- denly into the rich purple gloom that fills the colonnades of one of those magnificent palm-groves which taught to the Moorish conquerors of Spain the matchless architect- ure of the Alhambra. And in the midst of the dark, glossy foliage, sentineled by the gray, crumbling tower of its half-ruined mosque, lies the village itself. As we enter it, I almost imagine myself

Page 64

582 FROM THE SEA back on the Upper Nile, so exactly does it reproduce in every detail the burrow-like dwellings of the Egyptian ‘‘ Fellaheen’’ and the monkey-like savages of Nubia. Flat- roofed hovels of dried mud, with a single aperture for door, window, and chimney ; ditch-like streets, half filled with thick, clammy mire and foul, black water, as if some giant had been disturbed in the midst of making himself a cup of extra strong coffee ; high, bare, windowless walls, which confront you with the blank uwzseeing stare ofa blind man ; prowling dogs, which fly at every passing ‘‘unbeliever’’ with a hearti- ness of religious zeal that might entitle them to a high place in the Church of Eng- land; tall, gaunt, brigand-like figures, all eyes and teeth, like a mad dog, whose black skins and white robes give them the look of cigars wrapped in paper; dust, dirt, sand- flies, vermin, ophthalmia, plodding don- keys, and striding camels—all are there. Every now and then, as we pass along, a sharp, lean visage, with two small, deep- set, glittering eyes, thrusts itself suddenly out of one of the low, dark doorways on either side of us, suggesting an overgrown rat in the mouth of a trap, too wary to go right in, yet too lazy to come right out again. ‘‘This reminds me of the ‘underground people’ that I met in the Tartar deserts of Central Asia,” remark I, ‘‘ who used to pop up through a hole in the ground like rabbits, and stare at me, and then dive down again before I could speak to them.”’ A certain Irish scientist gave as the recipe for making a cannon, ‘‘ Take a long, narrow hole, and put iron round it.’’ In the same way, the ordinary mode of making an Afri- can village is apparently to take a very dirty ditch and put houses round it. Upon this ditch the doors of the houses open as if to enable their owners to take a mud-bath whenever they please (the only kind of bath that most of them have ever had), and the space between is so narrow that our progress, as we pick our way along it, gives me the feeling of walking on tiptoe round the rim of a boiler filled with printer’s ink. At the tunnel-like entrance of the old mosque we meet a tall, bony, one-eyed specter (seemingly the janitor of this desert church), who, signing to us to take off our boots before entering, leads the way up a dark, narrow, broken stair to a small paved platform. 70 THE DESERT. Above this is a kind of chimney in the inside of the tower, as black and foul as a poli- tician’s conscience, and with no visible means of ascent save three stout sticks set across it at very long intervals. But our black leader's grin at our looks of dismay puts us all upon our mettle, and up I go. The portly old major wriggles manfully up after me, heedless of the loss of two or three buttons ; and then the young captain, look- ing ruefully from his spotless uniform to the filthy hole above him, follows with the air of Curtius leaping into the gulf. But, once up, we are amply rewarded. From this splendid stand-point, we have such a view of the great desert as we have never had before—a view to which no words can do justice. Dante himself would fail to depict the mighty solitude where all the armies of Europe would seem like creeping ants—the wonderful clearness of atmosphere that makes a palm-tree miles distant appear : close at hand—the tremendous silence that weighs upon one like a nightmare—the over- whelming sense of loneliness which, even amid the talk and laughter of a dozen lively comrades, makes one feel as utterly and ter- ribly alone as if stranded on a spray-lashed rock in mid-ocean. But, while observing, we are ourselves observed. The sight of three ‘‘kafirs’’ (unbelievers) on the tower of their sacred mosque, suddenly presented to the wzen- lightened public of Sidi-Okba, suffices to gather a rapidly increasing crowd, whose first look of blank amazement quickly changes to an angry scowl, while a low, wrathful mur- mur runs through the throng, agitating it like the sweep of the wind over a corn-field. ‘* We had better get down again,’’ says the old major gravely. ‘‘ These fellows aren't used to see Christians in their holy places ; and, ifthey attack us, we shall be very lucky to get off with whole bones.”’ However, when we emerge again, the good people seem to have made up their minds that it will pay better to fleece the ‘Christian dogs”’ than to fight them, and all hold out their hands for money as if by word of command. But a sudden display of ventriloquism on my part sends them flying in all directions, yelling ‘‘Shaitaun ! Shai- taun!’’ (the devil, the’ devil), while we, laughing heartily at their discomfiture, march away unmolested.

Page 65

THE GREAT AGITATION. FIRST PAPER—SOUTHERN ABOLITIONISTS. By MONCURE D. Conway. I POSSESS a ragged copy of a Philadel- phia paper—the name gone, the date ascertainable only as near the middle of 1774—which is traced all over with glacial marks, so to say, of the epoch in which it was printed. Three of the four pages are taken up with the winning num- bers of a lottery for the Presbyterian Church at Princeton and other religious institu- tions ; the fourth contains advertisements of an interesting character. Samuel Davis, hatter, in Third Street, advertises ‘‘ A suit- able present for every free-born Englishman ; or the People’s antient and just Liberties asserted in the Trial of William Penn and William Mead, etc. To which is added a Rehearsal of the most material parts of our Great Charter and also the curse which the Clergy were directed to in- troduce against all breakers thereof and a recital of the Bill of Rights. The whole absolutely necessary to be known by every Englishman, especially at a time when our Rights and Privileges have been openly invaded.’’ Immediately beneath is an advertisement of an English convict ser- vant, John Pedder, escaped from ‘‘ Baltimore Town,’’ who ‘‘ writes a tolerable good hand, and probably may forge a pass,’’ for whom his master, Henry Stevenson, offers $ro on April 19th—soon to become a day sacred to liberty. Near this is the advertisement of ‘a likely healthy strong negro Wench, not thirty years of age, this country born, fit for town or country business. Enquire of the Printers.’’ Finally, the column which be- gins so grandly about the Bill of Rights ends with the following: ‘‘W. & T. Bradford. Poems on various subjects, religious and moral. By Phillis Wheatley, Negro Servant to Mr. John Wheatley, of Boston, in New England. With an elegant Frontispiece of the Author.’’ Another advertisement suggests the use I make of the little sheet. It is that of some Sky Optical balls,’’ which, inserted in a shutter, throw pictures of external nature on in interior wall. Through this dingy little page the political scenery of the pre-revolu- tionary year is thrown on the walls of our own time. Some of the hues might indeed have been darker. My friend Frederick McGuire, of Washington, owns an old Balti- more poster, 5th October, 1777, offering $40 for the recovery of an ‘‘ English servant man, named Samuel Phillips, a Weaver by trade, about 25 years of age,’’ who is described as wearing ‘‘an iron collar, and asmall shackle on his leftleg. . As he can write, he may forge a pass.’’ Perhaps this weaver sought the lines of George Washington, then fight- ing for independence. The inability of able men in those days to see the simplest corol- laries of their principles suggests an evolu- tional problem analogous to that raised by Max Miiller’s discovery that no recognition of the sky’s blueness is found in any ancient scripture or literature. The pre-revolution- ary unconsciousness is perhaps not so won- derful. In Virginia, certainly, the negroes could then hardly have improved their con- dition by escaping from their masters ; they rarely ran away; their contentedness ad- mitted something like happy relations with the whites. In the register of Overwharton, Stafford County, Virginia, of which my an- cestor, John Moncure, was rector from 1738 to 1764, the baptisms of negroes and whites are recorded together. That they were baptized together appears by an entry in the vestry- book of St. George’s, Fredericksburg: ‘‘ 29 ~ August, 1751. Ordered that the church- wardens desire the minister not to baptize the negroes with the white children.’’ This minister was a Huguenot, James Marye, during whose incumbency Charles Washing- ton, Fielding Lewis, and other lovers of liberty were vestrymen or wardens. Whethcr he complied with the new order I can not discover. Whatever their faults, the clergy of the Established Church in Virginia gen- erally set a good example in the treatment of slaves. Dr. Slaughter, historiographer of the diocese of Virginia, reminds us that Clarkson declared the Rev. Morgan Godwin, . of Virginia (in Berkeley’s time), the first

Page 66

584 who denounced the slave trade. The Rev. Jonathan Boucher, in his parish on the Rappahannock (1762-'70), while he taught thirty of the young ‘‘ gentry’’ (among them Washington's stepson, Master Custis), had an equally large school for colored youths, of both sexes, at such times as they could attend. He valued as the highest praise he ever received the answer of a negro when asked to whom he belonged—‘‘ To Parson Boucher, thank God!’’ Some time after his death, some bishops, visiting the site of a church in the parish where Boucher labored, found amid the ruins a negro woman, who told them (says Bishop Meade) that it ‘‘ did her more good to think on the old prayers than to go with the new ways.’’ But it was long before any one suggested that English liberty was a thing that concerned Africans. ‘‘ When my Lord Dunmore,’’ so Thackeray makes Sir George Warrington say, ‘‘talked about liberating the negroes, so as to induce them to join the king’s standard, Hal was for hanging the Governor and the Black Guards (as hé called them) whom his Excellency had crimped. ““*If you gentlemen are fighting for free- dom,’ says I, ‘sure the negroes may fight 100.’ ‘*On which Harry roars out, shaking his fist: ‘Infernal villains! if I meet with any of ’em, they shall die by this hand !’”’ The question of negro rights was for the first time seriously discussed in the Virginia convention of 1776. It was debated nearly two weeks, but the only record is a brief pas- sage in Edmund Randolph's MS. ‘‘ History of Virginia’’: ‘‘ The declaration in the first article of the Bill of Rights, that all men are by nature equally free and independent, was opposed by Robert Carter Nicholas, as being the forerunner, or pretext, of civil con- vulsion. It was answered, perhaps with too great an indifference to futurity, and not without inconsistency, that with arms in our hands, asserting the general rights of man, we ought not to be too nice and too much restricted in the delineation of them, but that slaves, not being constituent mem- bers of our society, could never pretend to any benefit from such a maxim.’’ Sentiments unfavorable to slavery do appear to have become more common in the South after the publication of the Bill of Rights and Declaration of Independence, but THE GREAT AGITATION. they rarely advanced beyond the theoretical phase. Patrick Henry said: ‘‘ As much as I de- plore slavery, I see that prudence forbids its abolition.’’ In such matters Washington was deferen- tial to statesmen of legal training. He was a military man in genius, albeit “first in peace ;’’ as he had been trained to obey as a soldier, then to be obeyed as a commander, so did he act by his regiment of three hundred slaves when attacking the bogs and forests of Virginia. He changed ten thousand acres into a garden, and was ‘‘led to reflect how much more delightful to an undebauched mind is the task of making improvements on earth, than all the vain glory which can be ac- quired from ravaging it by the most unin- terrupted career of conquests.”’ It is tolerably certain that during Wash- ington's lifetime there was not a happier position on the planet for a negro than Mount Vernon—which, by the way, is now attended by descendants of the same slaves. They constituted an aristocracy. But what one misses is any effort on the part of those great Virginians to alter the laws of the State in harmony with the prin- ciples of the Revolution, and in accord with the progress of emancipation in Northern States. When Edmund Randolph resigned his position as Secretary of State (1795), he sum- moned his slaves—some eight or ten who attended the family in Philadelphia—and gave them free papers. But the incident seems to be without par- allel among statesmen of the time. Liber- ation was generally by bequest, the trouble being left to others. I believe that some demoralization must have resulted from the equanimity with which the masters of Monticello, Montpelier, and Gunston held their slaves while rebuk- ingslavery. Jefferson trembled for his coun- try when he remembered that God was just ; but when Kosciusko's American property, bequeathed for the liberation, comfort, and teaching of slaves, fell to him, Jefferson refused the trust. It is not wonderful that there should grad- ually arise, among a population given to religious enthusiasm, a belief that slavery was providential. It is, however, remarka-

Page 67

THE GREAT ble that the earliest theological defense of slavery in the South is traceable to Quakers. In 1757 John Woolman—as we find in Whit- tier’s edition of his ‘‘ Journal '’—journeyed in Maryland and Virginia, and, in the latter, at Cedar Creek, combated the views of Friends who talked in support even of the slave trade. They said : ‘‘ The negroes were under- stood to be the offspring of Cain, their black- ness being the mark which God set upon him after he murdered Abel, his brother ; that it was the design of Providence that they should be slaves, as a condition proper to the race of so wicked a man as Cain was.”’ Woolman having urged that Cain's race was destroyed by the Flood, Noah being of Seth’s race, ‘‘ one of them said that after the Flood Ham went to the Land of Nod and took a wife ; that Nod was a land far distant, inhabited by Cain’s race, and that the Flood did not reach it ; and as Ham was sentenced to be a servant of servants to his brethren, these two families, being thus joined, were undoubtedly fit only for slaves.’’ Woolman cited that ‘‘all flesh died "’ in the Flood ; that it was not reasonable that the most wicked of races should be spared ; and that ‘‘ the son shall not suffer for the iniquity of the father.’’ Woolman was ‘troubled to per- ceive the darkness of their minds,’’ but sowed some seeds of good sense ; for, twelve years later, we find the Friends extremely active in antislavery work. John Pleasants having by will liberated several hundred slaves, his son Robert did the same while living. Robert was fined ‘‘ten pounds on an act passed November 7, 1769, manifestly made to prevent owners of negroes suffering them to go at large’’—so he states in a memorial to the Governor and council—he having (1777) placed his negroes on lands of his own, there supported them one year, and allowed them the benefit of their labor. This he did ‘‘ from a full persuasion that all mankind are by nature justly entitled to freedom, a desire of rewarding faithfulness, and of doing unto others as he would in like situation be done by.’’ The fine was not levied. Robert Pleasants also set apart three hundred and fifty acres for revenue to sup- port a school for colored children. This was in Henrico. At Cedar Creek, where Note to Vol. IV. of the may be *In Dr. Brock’s Prefatory “Virginia Historical Society’s Collections ’’ AGITATION. 585 Woolman had contended with pro-slavery preachers in 1757, we find John Payne—clerk of Hanover, descendant of the Earl of Wig- ton, and father of Dolly Madison—making a solemn manifesto : ‘‘ I, John Payne of Han- over county, Virginia, from mature, delib- erate Consideration, and the Conviction of my Own mind, being fully persuaded that Freedom is the Natural Condition of all mankind, and that no law, moral or Divine, has given me a right Or property In the persons of my fellow Creatures ; and being desirous to fulfil the Injunction of our Lord, and Saviour Jesus Christ, by doing to Others as I would be done by ; do therefore declare that having Under my care a Negro man Named Cuffe, aged about Twenty-four years, I do for myself, my heirs, Executors and Administrators, hereby release Unto him the said Cuffe, all my right, Interest and Claim Or pretention of Claim whatsoever, as to his person, or to any Estate he may hereafter acquire, without any Interruption from me, or any person Claiming for, by, from, or under me.—In Witness whereof I have Here- unto set my Hand and Seal this third day of the Twelfth month In the year of our Lord One Thousand Seven Hundred and Seventy- Six. JOHN PayNE. Sealed and delivered In presence of: Samuel Hargrave, Pleasant Terrell, Samuel Parsons.’’ The acts of Assembly required to legalize such libera- tions were generally given ; and in 1782 the chief restrictions of the colonial act were repealed. For ten years manumissions were frequent ; but among them were some which merely got rid of aged and infirm negroes. The colonial law was re-enacted. In reading the many Southern acts con- cerning slaves and slavery,* it is some relief to find even so much consideration of humanity as is represented in a restriction of manumission by a provision for support. The condition of the worn-out and cast-aside slave was miserable. Generally, however, the legislative history conveys the impres- sion of a giant using its power like a giant. The antislavery sentiment of leading men— of Randolph, Mason, Nicholas, Jefferson— makes no impression on this automatic power ruling in its own immediate interest by solid majorities. The giant had no pro- found references to the Virginia acts (reported in Hen- ing), and much information on the whole subject.

Page 68

586 slavery or any other sentiment. No obstruc- tion was offered to Benjamin Lundy’s organ- ization of antislavery societies in Virginia, North Carolina, and Tennessee—where his Genius of Universal Emancipation was first printed. Such moral forces were hardly ap- preciable beside the enormous development of the cotton interest, after discovery of the cotton-gin, and the corresponding increase in the value of every slave. Nevertheless, beside this vast power, there grew silently in the South an antislavery conscience which was suffocated only after a gallant strug- gle. An artist (so runs a fable) was engaged by South Carolina to paint a national picture. It represented the North by mechanical im- plements, the West by prairie and plow, the South by a negro sleeping on a cotton- bale. Jefferson Davis, invited to criticise the design, said: ‘‘ But what will become of the South when that negro wakes up?” The negro stirred in his sleep in the sum- mer of 1831. Nat Turner’s insurrection first made the giant tremble, and then, for the first time, did it become aware of the power with which it had to contend. Sixty-one whites and more than a hundred human chattels were destroyed in that Southamp- ton affair, and amid the thrill of horror the Virginia legislature assembled. Governor Floyd’s message rightly recognized the forces behind Nat Turner—the Northern abolitionists, the ‘‘ fanatics’’ everywhere— and urged the necessity of silencing those who stirred up ‘‘the spirit of revolt,’’ and of removing free negroes from the State. Thus Goliath set himself squarely to the occasion. He was touched by a smooth stone from a Quaker sling—a petition for ‘‘ emancipation of slaves and their removal from the State.’ The latter clause conciliated the Coloniza- tion Society, which for fifteen years had been indirectly aiming to promote libera- tion of superfluous slaves instead of their sale to the plantations. This petition, fol- lowed by a motion of Thomas Jefferson Randolph, to free all negroes born after July 4, 1840, in a gradual way, led to a debate which the Hon. Henry Wilson justly described as ‘‘ one of the ablest, most elo- quent, and brilliant debates that ever took place in the legislature of any of the States.”” An excellent summary is con- tained in Senator Wilson’s ‘‘ Rise and Fall THE GREAT AGITATION. of the Slave Power in America.’’ In that debate appearel men potentially great— Moore, Brodnax, Bolling, Roane, Preston, Snmmers, Faulkner, McDowell, T. J. Ran- dolph—who laid before Virginia her oppor- tunity. Every argument known to anti- slavery assemblies was urged, every emo- tion appealed to—compassion, fear, patriot- ism, interest, religion, justice. Alas! the power of choice was gone. Virginia was bound in the coils of a dragon, which, when cut to pieces by: such ‘‘swords of the spirit,’ like the Lambton worm, grew together again. It proceeded to absorb its legislative assailants, dooming the irrecon- cilable to extinction. It absorbed the Colo- nization Society, adopting it as a means of freeing itself from free negroes by aid of Northern and English money. The subjugation of thought was less easy. For this slavery had to write a literature of its own. To Professor Dew, of William and Mary College, belongs the distinction of writing the first pro-slavery volume. His ‘‘Essay in Favor of Slavery’’ (1833) sig- naled the new departure. It is notable that in the same year Samuel Kercheval pub- lished at Winchester, Va., his ‘‘ History of the Valley of Virginia,’’ in which it is shown that the author knew nothing of the horrors of slavery until he went, in boy- hood, to Maryland. His account of the bar- barities of both convict and negro slavery is one of the most graphic chapters in our language. ‘‘From this afflicting state of society,’’ says Kercheval, ‘‘ I returned to the backwoods a Republican, without knowing the meaning of the term, that is, with an utter detestation of an arbitrary power of one man over another.’’ At the time when Ker- cheval was writing this, Mr. Summers, of Western Virginia, was appealing to the legislature against the introduction of slavery west of the Blue Ridge. ‘‘We can not desire to see our mountains blackened with the slave, or that the fresh grass of our valley should wither beneath his tread.’’ He implored them to “‘ arrest the desolating scourge of our country, to save after ages from the accumulated ills of a hopeless and remediless disease.’’ The change in ‘‘educated’’ opinion rep- resented by Dew’s ‘‘Essay in Favor of Slavery’? found some illustration in the great Randolph will-case. John Randolph,

Page 69

THE GREAT AGITATION. of Roanoke, died May 24, 1833, leaving two wills. By one, written in 1821, he left his slaves free, declaring that they had the same right to liberty as himself, and regretting that they could not be legally liberated dur- ing his life. By the second will, written after the insurrection (1831, codicil 1832), his slaves were bequeathed to individuals. There were three hundred and eighty-six slaves, and in their disability Bishop Meade pleaded for them that the second will was written in an unsound (I think) mind. Meade was the apostle of colonization while its aim was genuine emancipation. Another name should be remembered with honor in this case. Under the second of Randolph’s wills, Judge William Leigh was the chief beneficiary, and only by his testi- mony could it be broken. He might have been a wealthy man had he remained silent ; but for the sake of these negroes he re- mainéed poor. For before he could give any testimony at all he had to renounce any and all advantage to himself and family under either will. He testified that Randolph, when he wrote the second will, was tun- sound in mind. Judge Leigh then, without compensation, fulfilled a trust under the first will, by settling the negroes in Ohio. There he was mobbed, and it became a use- ful tradition in Virginia that the colony failed—albeit thirty thousand dollars were expended in its establishment. The success of such a colony would be its gradual dis- tribution for the work of the community. The old testimony against slavery lingered longest among the humbler Quakers and Methodists. It was regarded by the new cult and culture as vulgar and pietistic prejudice to concede the wrongfulness of slavery, even in its principle. The Quaker and Methodist denominations had long in- cluded some of the “‘ first families,’’ whose estates were worked by slaves. Thus a young Quakerism (though somewhat feeble) and a young Methodism (decidedly strong) were evolved. Consequently there appeared Elwood Fisher, the Quaker champion of slavery, and the Rev. Dr. William A. Smith, president of Randolph Macon (Methodist) College, Virginia, who defended the institu- tion on sociological and economic grounds. I can remember, in childhood, seeing at Fredericksburg the old pioneer of Method- ism, the Rev. John Kobler, sitting in a 587 church built mainly by his money—the pulpit forbidden him because his wife owned slaves. And I can remember, some ten years later, the pro-slavery propaganda of Dr. Smith and others in the same place, which divided the church. Kercheval mentions, as an early institu- tion in Virginia, ‘‘ hating the offender out,”’ which he compares with ‘‘ the atimea of the Greeks.’’ This punishment was resumed for those who did not share the pro-slavery reaction. It also easily availed itself of the method suggested by Judge Charles Lynch, who, oddly enough, belonged to the eminent Quaker family which founded Lynchburg. Throughout the South every attempt at concerted antislavery effort was trampled out. A brave fight had been made by the antislavery men in Kentucky and Ten- nessee about the same time as that in Virginia. In 1834, when a convention to revise the Constitution assembled in Ten- nessee, largely signed petitions from six- teen counties urged a scheme by which all slaves were to become free by 1866. Mat- thew Stephenson, a native of Rockingham County, Virginia, and Dr. Joseph Kincaid, a native of Bedford County, Kentucky, led the strong minority, whose measure—eman- cipation by 1866—prevailed in an unforeseen way. In 1833 the Senate of Kentucky was equally divided on the subject. In the follow- ing spring the Rev. John Rankin, a native of Tennessee, and James A. Thome, a nat- ive of Kentucky, leaders in the antislavery movement in Kentucky, also Southerners from Alabama, Virginia, and Missouri, at- tended a discussion at Lane Seminary, Cin- cinnati, then under the charge of Dr. Ly- man Beecher and Professor Stowe. They all urged the necessity of immediate eman- cipation. The eloquent address of Thome, once a large slaveholder, made an impres- sion on the students and professors fruitful in future results. These Southerners were then hopeful; but the reaction presently sent its cold wave over them. The Rev. John Rankin (twenty times mobbed) and his society retired before it into another State. Cassius Clay and his 7rue American were shipped off to Cincinnati, where the paper was printed, though ‘‘ Lexington ’’ remained on its title. The Rev. John G. Fee and his ‘*Bereans’’ might tell a curious experience of their efforts to found a college near New

Page 70

588 Richmond, Kentucky, in which there should be no distinction of race or color. After a period which may be proximately fixed at 1835, antislavery history in the South is a history of individuals. This may not apply to politicians like Frank P. Blair and B. Gratz Brown ; but in most Southern States the antislavery man and woman had lonely and severe experiences. The Grimkés when emancipating their slaves had an easier time in 1820 than Delia Webster, imprisoned, shortly before the war, for teaching colored children toread. James G. Birney had rough experiences in Cincinnati in 1836; but in 1833, in his own State of Kentucky, he had not suffered seriously by emancipating his slaves. A sorrowful feature of slavery in the last generation of its existence was the ex- tension of its chain to the Southern intellect. Roger B. Taney, the lawyer, defending Rev. Jacob Gruber in Maryland (charged with exciting insurrection), prophesying a time when Americans might read their Declara- tion of Independence without a blush, in thirty-eight years became the Chief Justice Taney who decided that negroes had norights which the white man was bound to respect. That devolution is typical of a general spiritual atrophy, resulting from a selection of the fittest for the habitat of slavery. Mr. Froude once showed me an ancient manu- script, in which a voyager reports having found in a certain place three witches and five negroes. ‘‘The witches,’ he adds, ‘* were executed ; the negroes I put to death by natural law.’’ Where,-by natural law, the negroes were enslaved instead of de- stroyed, the death passed to antislavery ideas. These were suppressed by natural law. But there were occasional reversions to the original type of liberty-loving human- ity. The writer of this paper, born seven months after the Southampton insurrection, being an instance of such reversion, may perhaps best conclude this sketch with pas- sages from his own experience. My father, who resided at Falmouth, Vir- ginia, was a large slaveholder. He was a Methodist, and maintained a religious dis- approval of slavery to the last. He was for thirty-five years presiding justice of Stafford County, and notoriously rigorous in pun- ishing inhumanity against negroes. My mother, still living, taught our slaves until she was threatened with legal process. My THE GREAT AGITATION. parents suffered in fortune because they would not sell the increase of their slaves to traders. But I came under the influence of the scholarly and literary young Virginians of Fredericksburg, of Richmond, and of War- renton—where I studied law. I have before me now a pamphlet written by one of the ablest of them, printed-in Fredericksburg in 1850. In it he aims to prove that free society is everywhere in process of disin- tegration by socialism, infidelity, and so forth. ‘‘Every scholar, whose mind is at all imbued with ancient history and literature. sees that Greece and Rome were indebted to this institution alone for the taste, the leisure, and the means to cultivate their heads and their hearts. Had they been tied down to Yaukee notions of thrift, they might have produced a Franklin with his ‘penny saved is a penny gained’; they might have had utilitarian philosophers and invented the spinning-jenny, but they never would have produced a poet, an orator, a sculptor, or a painter. A modern Yankee or a Dutchman is the fair result of liberty and equality. Domestic slavery in the Southern States has produced the same results in elevating the character of the master that it did in Greece and Rome. He is lofty and independentin hissentiments, generous, affectionate, brave, and eloquent. + A Yankee sometimes gets hold of the reins of state, attempts Apollo, but acts Phaeton—Scipio and Aristides, Calhoun and Washington, are the noble results of domes- ticslavery.’’ I will not name my friend, now an eminent judge, who in his youth wrote this pamphlet. I may mention, however, George Fitzhugh, of King George County, Virginia, whose more mature pamphlet on the ‘‘Sociology of the South ’’ made an im- pression on my mind—such mind as J had in my eighteenth year. In all that time— such was the expurgatorial skill of slavery— I had never seen a book by any antislavery author. Longfellow, Whittier, Parker, Chan- ning, Emerson, Greeley, were but vague names. The pamphlet just quoted looks as if its writer were similarly unaware of any Northern literature. There was a new spirit in these pamphlets and preachings, as of a new South—long unconscious of her ideal advantage, but now waking up. Along with it was the suggestion of separation from Yankee land. But my father said, ‘‘ You are

Page 71

THE GREAT AGITATION. foolish : slavery is a doomed institution.’’ Presently the Jeffersonian ideas in which I had been brought up were too strong for the new sociology. But just as I was relapsing into the Declaration of Independence, Car- lyle’s pamphlet on ‘‘ The Nigger Question ’”’ appeared. It was published by my cousin John Moncure Daniel, in his democratic paper, the Richmond Examiner, along with arguments in favor of negro inferiority. My cousin, acknowledged leader of our Young South, took this ground: ‘‘ We hold that negroes are not men, in the sense in which that term is used by the Declaration of Inde- pendence. Were the slaves men, we should be unable to disagree with Wendell Phillips.”’ Here was something clear and consistent. Here was the basis fora New South. But we needed progress; we needed a people. We must have free schools for our whites, land-reforms, and all the modern improve ments. I was studying law at Warrenton, Virginia, and writing for the Richmond Ex- aminer, when (just after the passage of the Omnibus Bill, holding free California and the Fugitive Slave Law) a banquet was given then to our Senators, Mason and Hunter. At the dinner Mason, Hunter, and Elwood Fisher made speeches which excited much Southern enthusiasm, In conversation with Mason, I found him cold toward my free- school scheme; but I persisted with this, and, while secretary of a Southern Rights Club, wrote my first pamphlet, which was entitled ‘‘ Free Schools in Virginia.’’ This was sent to every member of our convention, then assembling to revise our organic law. But I never heard of but two sympathizers —the late Samuel M. Janney, a Hicksite Quaker, and Professor Minor, of the Law School, University of Virginia. Through sheer restlessness my health gave way; I lost interest in my law studies; I sank into an abyss of melancholy. I was unable, at nineteen, to realize that the negro’s chain was also around my neck, but I felt it, and made a desperate effort at freedom by start- ing out as a Methodist itinerant. My circuit was in the neighborhood of Washington, and there I got hold of Northern books—Emer- son, Channing, Parker. Will it be believed that one born within two hours’ railway journey of our national capital could only discover at nineteen the opinions of such Culture was not, then, strictly con- 42 men ? 589 fined to Greece and Rome, to the Southern States and the Latter-Day pamphleteer! I one day furtively crept to the door of Dr. Griffin Bailey, of the National Era. The only person I saw was ‘‘ Grace Greenwood,”’ who advised me to read a story just appear- ing in the Zra, under the title ‘‘ Uncle Tom’s Cabin.’’ One day, on a Potomac steamboat, I conversed with President Smith, of Ran- dolph Macon (Methodist) College, then on one of his pro-slavery lecturing tours. He said : ‘‘ What is the principle of slavery?”’ ‘It has no principle,’’ I replied, not under- standing him. ‘Is not its principle the subjection of one will to another?’’ ‘‘ Well?”’ ‘‘Then,’’ he said, ‘‘ society is impossible withoutit.’’ ‘ But slavery,’’ I said, ‘‘is the arbitrary subjection of one to another.’’ He asked : ‘‘ Is not the subjection of the wife to the husband equally arbitrary?’’ ‘‘ Per- haps,”’ I answered ; ‘‘ but that doesn’t make eitherjust.’’ ‘‘ Young man,”’ he said, ‘‘ you should go West and marry Fanny Wright.” I was at Cambridge Divinity School when a fugitive from our country, Anthony Burns, was arrested in Boston. When, after my graduation (1854), I returned to Virginia, it was to find that rumor had fallaciously con- nected me with the struggle over Burns. I found myself a hero to the negroes—some of whom approached me by night with alarming anticipations—and a fire-brand to the whites. Thenceforth for me could be no home in Virginia. My parents and relatives were in distress at my heresies, and apprehension at their consequences. I passively yielded when presently ordered with menaces to leave the State. I was con- soled by the ideal position I soon had with the Unitarian Church in Washington. But even there freedom dwelt in oases—of which the most charming was the sa/on of Dr. and Mrs. Bailey. But, alas ! theequinoctial storm of contending principles swept over my beau- tiful society there, and I was again an exile. In the centenary of Independence I traveled again to the old home in Virginia. Many beloved faces were gone, but those that re- mained received me with the old affection. I said tomy early companions: ‘ You kill for me the fatted calf.’’ ‘‘ Yes,’’ one remarked, ‘*but, alas! you are not the returning prod- igal. It is not you who have wasted your substance in riotous ways, to be at last an- hungered.’’

Page 72

ENTRANCE TO THE TUNNEL OF WELBECK ABBEY. A SUBTERRANEAN ESTATE. By CHARLES S. PELHAM-CLINTON,. NTERESTING as are most of the country houses belonging to old families in Eng- land, Welbeck Abbey, the seat of the Duke of Portland, stands out among them as peculiar- ly remarkable. No part of England has so interesting recollections as Nottinghamshire, particularly that portion known as the ‘*Dukeries.’’ It contains all that is left of the ancient Sherwood Forest, which was once the largest piece of woodland in Eng- land. The very name ‘‘Sherwood Forest’’ has a romance about it. It reminds one of bluff King Hal and the destruction of the monastic houses that occupied a large portion of the district. It recalls the times of the Domesday Book and curfew bell, and most of all of Robin Hood and Little John. Apart from the romance connected with Sherwood Forest, the quiet loveliness of this portion of England enchants the student of Nature. ‘Here softest beauties open to my view, Here many a flower expands its blushing charms, Here the thick foliage wears a greener hue, And lofty trees extend their leafy arms. All things conspire to deck the milder scene, And Nature’s gentlest form here smiles serene.” The peaceful beauty of the forest can be appreciated on a spring day, when hill and dale put on their freshest green, and the foliage of the grand old oaks rustles in the morning breeze, which wafts abroad the perfumes of a thousand spring flowers ; or when the hum of animal life in summer shows a change of scene ; or when, again, the mellow autumn comes, and the early frosts have given the leaves a hundred different tints. And then in winter,— “ Bare and leafless now its head, Capped with grizzled moss instead, Slowly mou!dering down with age The monarch quits the sylvan stage ; Still high its bleachéd arms are cast, Still scorns to flinch, and dares the blast.” But it is not its sylvan scenes that render Welbeck remarkable in picturesque England. It isthe works of art—the pictures, and, above all, the wonderful subterranean buildings and passages—that are to be seen here, and nowhere else, which distinguish it. The last Duke of Portland was a man of many attainments, and in early life as fond of society as are most men. In his later years he became a recluse, and for about two decades never saw a stranger. His dislike of strangers was remarkable, and for years Welbeck was a sealed book to all but a few who had the requisite credentials. The late

Page 73

A SUBTERRANEAN ESTATE. THE DUKE OF PORTLAND. duke’s income was three hundred thousand pounds a year, or more, and this vast sum was expended year by year on the estate and buildings ; the result being to make Welbeck what it now is,—one of the show places of the world. The reason generally given for the creation of the wonderful underground passages and roads which honeycomb the estate, is that the duke objected to seeing his dependants, and built these passages to enable them to go to different portions of the estate without pass- ing his line of sight. For the truth of this. I cannot vouch, but certainly they were constructed only at a vast expense, and cost the present duke a large sum annually to keep in repair. The illustration of the entrance to the main tunnel shows the mas- sive masonry employed, and the thorough manner in which it has been done. This tunnel, which is two thousand six hundred and forty yards in length, is built of brick with an arched roof. It is lighted from the top by circular lights of plate glass, twelve feet apart, with intermediate gas-lights which are used night and day to insure safety to passengers. The plate-glass lights stand out about two feet from the surface of the 591 ground, and have the appearance of huge eyes. The following description of a drive to Welbeck from the neighboring town of Worksop appeared in an English newspaper, and gives as graphic an account of the approach as could be made : ‘*You approach Welbeck, let us assume, from Worksop, from which it is about three miles and a half. The sun lies warm and bright on the grassy meads and wooded up- lands of the Sherwood country. Suddenly, and without seeming warning, your horse leaves the glad light. You plunge into a resounding dim vault. You might have been precipitated intothe Catacombs. You might have been thrown into thecaveof Trophonius. Instead of the summer scer‘*, you have the scent of the tomb. Instead of the pleasant silence of acountry lane, there is the confusion of clamorous echoes, something like that you hear when an express train is bursting through atunnef. Everand anon areminis- cence of gas, oracircle of light apparently struggling through a bull’s-eye lantern from the rumbling roof, makes weird Rembrandt shadows. If your horse is spirited and not accustomed to the strange plunge the coach- man has taken, driving him is a nervous sensation, and he will probably emerge at the new riding school at Welbeck trembling with the excitement of fear and with foam flecking his bit. This subterranean carriage- way is one of the many interminable tunnels with which the late Duke of Portland per- forated Welbeck and its approaches. He is reported to have spent between two and three millions sterling in making this vast con- geries of underground walks and drives and halls. There is a labyrinth of private tun- nels, through which three people can walk abreast. They are comfortably warmed, and lighted artificially with gas and naturally by circles of plate glass from the grassy avenues of the park above.”’ This extraordinary piece of work, how- ever, is but a.small portion of the wonders of Welbeck. The Abbey, perhaps, should first receive attention. Its foundation dates from before the Conquest, as it was included in the gifts made by William the Conqueror to Robert de Busli, and was held by him or his under-tenants. Established in 1140 by Thomas de Cuckeney, and dedicated to St. James, it was inhabited by a colony of Pre-

Page 74

THE LATE DUKE OF PORTLAND. monstratensian canons from Leicestershire. The edifice was begun in the reign of Stephen and completed in that of Henry II., and was given to the monks by Thomas de Cuckeney and Richard his son. The Abbey grew in importance and in riches, until in 1512 the custody of all the houses of this order rested with the Abbot of Welbeck. In 1538, how- ever, after an uninterrupted career of three hundred and ninety-eight years, the Abbey was dissolved by Henry VIII., and the prop- erty granted by purchase to Richard Walley and his heirs. Toward the end of the eigh- teenth century, after several previous owners, it passed by purchase to Sir Charles Caven- dish, whose mother was the celebrated Bess of Hardwicke, Her descendants, from her several marriages, became Dukes of New- castle, Portland, Devonshire,and Norfolk, and Earl of Mauvern, and from the fact that the properties of all these noblemen were together comes the name of the Dukeries. Since the old monastic days the character of the house has materially changed, and there are but few relics left. The present house owes its existence to Bess of Hard- wicke and her son Charles Cavendish, who built upon the basement of the old Abbey, and the different owners have added wings from time to time ; but it remained for the late Duke to make it the extraordinary building it is. In the more modern part are A SUBTERRANEAN ESTATE. suites of rooms, each designated by a charac- teristic name, and each furnished with some peculiar magnificence of its own. Rare and splendid tapestries, ancient carvings, and treasures of statuary and painting by art- ists of world-wide admiration, adorn them ; nevertheless, it was to the older portion ot the Abbey that the late Duke confined him- self. One of his chief characteristics was that he disliked ever seeing or being seen by his servants. With this in view, he occupied a series of ancient communicating rooms, using each or all as the fancy took him. The servants had orders to avoid meeting him if possible, and if they did so they were to take as little notice of him as possible He never allowed servants in the room when at his meals, and would secrete himself in the adjoining room after each course until the servant had placed the next course upon the table and disappeared, when the Duke would resume his dinner in solitude. His bath-room contained three ordinary baths with hot and cold water, three foot-baths, a douche bath, a steam bath, and a cold-air bath to cool off in after the steam bath. Pipes led from several springs on the estate, some several miles distant, to the bath-room, so that the Duke could drink the different BESS OF HARDWICKE. (From a painting at Welbeck Abbey.)

Page 75

A SUBTERRANEAN ESTATE. THE TAN GALLOP, WELBECK ABBEY. waters according to his fancy. The doors of his private apartments still have the slits for letters which he introduced, and there are other evidences of his peculiarities still tobeseen. Yet the Duke was a kind-hearted man in spite of his oddities, and did a great many unostentatious kindnesses. The kitchens are placed at some distance from the house, in what was once the old stables. In the larger kitchen is an elevator which lowers a small covered car to the level of the cellar. A little railway along an underground passage leads directly under the main building, where another elevator brings the car to a level with and close to the Gothic dining-room. The distance between the dining-room and the kitchen must be at least two hundred yards, and yet the food is as hot as if it were cooked a few feet off. The companion building to the kitchens was originally the riding school, and was built in 1623 by the first Duke of Newcastle—he who wrote the book on horsemanship. It is now a library, except- ing the farther end, which is screened off as achapel. It was built from plans by Smith- son, andis one hundred and eighty feet long, fifty ‘feet high, and forty feet wide. The floor is of polished oak, and the wood-work of the roof, which in style is like that of West- minister Abbey, is painted. One feature is the four immense chandeliers that hang from the ceiling, made of cut glass, and weighing an incredible amount. From the banner beams are twenty-eight smaller chandeliers, and from the side of the wall hang sixty-four cut glass-brackets. The effect when all this is lighted up is magnifi- cent. The clock on the building is also remarkable, and cost a fabuloussum. Below are the cellars, which are of immense size, and have huge bins of cast iron. They are connected with the kitchens and different servants’ apartments by means of under- ground passages. Close to the kitchens, but not to be seen unless you stand almost above them, are some of the most remarkable rooms in Wel- beck. The entire suite is underground, and is lighted by gas and by means of the glass bull’s-eyes placed in the ceilings. This marvelous suite is approached by long cor- ridors laid with red carpet; on the walls are pictures of immense value, and in some places statuary breaks the long line of red. In an anteroom at the entrance of the picture gallery is a grand portrait of Adelaide Kemble, and close by is a bust of the late Duke, by H. R. Pinker. Opening huge mahogany doors, with tapestry hang- ings, you see the picture gallery. Imagine a room one hundred and fifty-nine feet long,

Page 76

594 sixty-three feet wide, and twenty-two feet in height, illuminated by eleven hundred gas- lights at night, while in the day-time the sun streams in through the bull’s-eyes over- head and casts a perfect light on the walls hung with pictures by almost every artist of reputation ; and then remember that this is all underground! That is the marvel of it. Fancy the stupendous task, not alone to build this magnificent chamber, but to build the entire suite, for there is a ball-room of nearly the same size and two other rooms of smaller extent, with an arcade running the entire length of the whole along one side. The picture gallery is the room that capt- ures the lover of the marvelous and the critic alike. Personally I prefer the pictures hung in the house, but there are some grand ex- amples here too. ‘‘Stag Hunt’’ and again another ‘‘Stag Hunt’”’ and a ‘“‘ Bear Hunt”’ by Snyders. ‘‘ Marquis of Titchfield,’ by Sir Joshua Reynolds, and ‘‘ Angel in Con- templation,’’ bythe same artist. Studies by Zucchero, Vandevelde, and Richardson. ‘‘Boar Hunt,’’ by De Voos, and other pict- ures by Berghem, Greffer, Barrett, Net- scher, Rigaud, Bourdon, Bassano. A num- ber of portraits by Van Dyke, and others by Holbein, Kneller, Lely, Dahl, Shee, West, A SUBTERRANEAN ES/ATE. Wootton, D. Mytens, Jansen, and others. On the west side is an excavation which was made for a church, but the death of the Duke prevented its being built, and the present owner has turned it into a rose-garden. It is one hundred and seventy-four feet long and sixty-four feet wide, and is of course un- covered. An underground passage leads to the stables, nearly three-quarters of a mile dis- tant, but a more pleasant way is by the broad road that passes through the shrubberies, and underneath some handsome oaks. Marvelous as is the Abbey and its im- mediate surroundings, I think these wonders are surpassed by the stables. I believe there is nothing in the world that approaches them. The hunting stables alone occupy one acre of ground, and there is room for ninety-six horsés, and in addition there are the stables for carriage-horses. The stalls and loose boxes are fitted up with Minton’s tiles, and the brass work of the mangers and doors gives a grand effect. Needless to say perfect order is kept, and both stables and harness rooms are marvels of neatness and cleanliness. Though the present Duke does not hunt much from Welbeck, his Leicester- shire stud is always to be found there in the summer, and then the stables show whata abil irra HA THE RIDING SCHOOL.

Page 77

SUBTERRANEAN ESTATE. THE PICTURE GALLERY. collection of grand hunters and science can produce. The Riding School is another of Welbeck’s marvels, and is the largest school in the world one at Moscow. Its outside measurement is three hundred and ninety-six feet in length, one hundred and eight feet in width, and fifty-one feet in height. The walls are built of stone brought from Anston, Gipsey Hill, and Belph Moor. The roof, sup- ported by fifty columns, is in three divisions, the center being circular and of glass, and the side portions being of pitch pine covered with copper tiles. The cornice is of solid stone, and a very beautiful frieze of metal work represents fruits, flowers, birds, and beasts, carved and colored in the most artis- tic fashion. The school is lighted up by eight thousand gas-jets. When one adds up the thousands of gas-jets required to light Welbeck, and the hundreds of thousands re- quired to light the corridors, tunnels, and out-buildings, some idea of the size of the place is conveyed. In addition to the Riding School, which is very seldom used, there is a tan gallop, covered with glass, of which the roof con- tains sixty-four thousand feet—the total length of the ride is one thousand two hun- money save dred and eighty-four feet. It is so construct- ed that a horse going at a fair gallop can make the turn at either end without slacken- ing speed. This can also be lighted at night by means of circles of gas-jets that hang from the roof, and it is used to exercise the horses in wet weather. Besides these huge buildings, which stand near each other, there are the stewards’ offices, the poultry yard, and the laundry, and near by is the club-house, which the present Duke has built for the use of the employees on the estate, and which contains billiard and re- freshment rooms as well as a library and read- ing room. All these, together with the gas- works, the cow-sheds, and the timber yards, make this portion of the estate resemble a large and thriving town rather than a private gentleman’s place. Then there are the gardens, of which the strawberry beds alone cover ten acres, and besides this there are no less than twenty-two acres walled in. The pineries are huge, the peach-houses and vineries alone are one thousand feet in length, and the conserva- tories and splendid palm-house make this portion of Welbeck a treat to the lover of horticultural beauty. The late Duke would not allow a pound of

Page 78

596 fruit to be sold off the place, and, though he gave a great deal away, thousands of pounds annually rotted on the trees or were thrown away. The present Duke is more public spirited, and both with fruit and game is ex- tremely liberal. The additional beauty lent by water toa country scene has not been neglected in this Aladdin’s palace. Originally only a stream ran past the Abbey, and the ancient fish- ponds had long disappeared. The late Duke’s father, however, was not satisfied with this, and Repton was employed to make a lake suitable for the grandeur of the place. The lakes are surrounded by deer-parks, of which there are several, inclosed in a high iron fence some ten and a half miles in length, and embracing one thousand six hundred and forty acres, in addition to large spaces of park elsewhere. A very beautiful scene these parks present, the dark green of the gigantic oaks contrasting with the lighter green of the sward, the herds of ‘ fallow and of red deer browsing peacefully under the spreading limbs of the trees or else bounding across the park in the distant horizon. The late Duke introduced his hobby of underground tunnels into his lodges, of which there are no less than forty at the different gates of the park, and which are A SUBTERRANEAN ESTATE. mostly under the sod. The actual building can be seen, but the offices, poultry-yards, and pig-pens are all under the surface of the earth, and lighted by the usual bull's eye. The late Duke also had a mania for transferring trees, and huge machines were constructed that lifted large trees out of the earth and planted them on the spot required. They were braced by wires that held them in position and which have only been removed of late years, to the delight of those whom business or pleasure took across the park. These transplanted trees, however, pale before the historic trees of natural growth with which the park abounds; and Major Rooke, in his ‘‘ Descriptions and Sketches of Remarkable Oaks in Welbeck Park’’ (dated 1790), accurately describes what these trees were a century ago. The finest of them is called the Greendale oak, of which now, alas! but a wreck remains. Major Rooke tells us that this famous oak is thought to be above 700 years old, and from its appearance there is every reason to suppose it has attained to that age at least. The circumference of the trunk is thirty-five feet three inches ; height of the arch, ten feet three inches ; width about the middle, six feet three inches ; height to the top branch, fifty-four feet. In 1724 an aperture was made large enough to allowa GOTHIC HALL.

Page 79

A SPRING EVENING. Merrgges a Sa ae a THE LIBRARY (OLD RIDING SCHOOL). coach and four to be driven through it, as was actually done. A letter of Sir Christopher Wren’s in the library at Welbeck shows that some of the timber used to construct St. Paul’s was obtained from the park, and is an interesting It is dated April 4, 1695. relic as well. A SPRING Brief and imperfect as is this description of this wondrous fantasy of art and nature combined, I venture to think it gives an idea of its beauties as well as its marvels, and what the letterpress fails to convey the accompanying pictures will more easily ex- plain. EVENING. By SUSAN HARTLEY SWETT. WITH rain-drops in her eyelids fair, And binding her soft and cloudy hair, Just one broad band of yellow, The April twilight comes across The old home fields where willows toss, And grass is growing mellow. The still mists follow like a dream, And by the pebbly orchard stream, Like gray-robed nuns, are kneeling. Afar the steeples’ seem to float ; A home-bound blue-bird’s airy note From cowsliped lanes is stealing. We leave the lamps unlighted yet ; For, peering through the branches wet, We see strange figures flitting ; Low music stirs in bowers a-bloom: There’s magic in the empty room Where we two crones are sitting. Light pictures pass ; a bridal white, Gay morning trysts by hedge-rows bright, Soft strolls in moonlight’s luster ; For years of springs have met to talk Where just outside in the green walk Hangs one dim lilac cluster.

Page 80

any PVA Pepe Boned ONG Nit “ot UPB Nae ltillin a EDISON’S HOME. EDISON. HIS WORK AND HIS WORK-SHOP. By HORACE TOWNSEND. QUARTER of a century ago a bright- 4 4 faced lad, stout and sturdy but some- what undersized for his age, which was not above fourteen years, ran through the cars of the through trains on the Grand Trunk Railroad of Canada, selling newspapers and the somewhat archaic traveler’s literature of l that day. He had a winsome manner and a ready tongue, so that his stock disappeared rapidly enough to insure him what was for a boy of his years a fair weekly wage. With the conductors and engineers, and indeed all the employees of the road, he was on excel- lent terms, and his jokes were quoted from one end of the line to the other; but the officials whose society he most affected in his leisure time were the telegraph operators, the click of whose primitive instruments he was never tired of hearing. Not that he had much leisure time to speak of, for, in addi- tion to his paper and book selling duties, he edited, printed, and published a paper of his own, grandiloquently styled 7he Grand Trunk Herald, which found its circulation among the officials and train-hands. A copy of it, creased and tattered, lies before me as I write. Sothe lad sold his wares, printed his toy newspaper, joked with his customers and fellows, and was apparently as practical a little youngster as one might meet with, intent only on turning an honest dollar and laying up a trifle for the proverbial rainy day, while under the bustling, prosaic exte- rior he hid a nature which was essentially that of a dreamer. Above the roar of the swaying trains, and the clatter of the cars, he heard all day the click of the telegraph instrument, which to him represented an illimitable opportunity ; and the message it spelt out ran somewhat in this wise: ‘‘ Some day you will be famous, Tom Edison. Some day you will be rich, Tom Edison.’’ To trace the career of Thomas A. Edison from his comparatively humble beginning as a newsboy on a Canadian railroad to his present position as the most widely known inventor of this or perhaps any other age,

Page 81

would be to retell a tale known by heart to Macaulay’s favorite school-boy. Still, though the main road may be well trodden, the side-tracks yet possess some of the interest of the unfamiliar, and a long ac- quaintance with Mr. Edison enables me, I think, to act as at least a trustworthy guide to those—they must be many—who would like a closer knowledge of ‘‘The Wizard”’ than can be gained from occasional news- paper paragraphs. To give this glimpse of the actual man, no better method suggests itself to me than to take my readers on the trip which I have so often made of late, and spend a day with the electrician in that wonderful laboratory of his at Orange, the secrets of which are kept so carefully guarded from the outside world. As the train whirls us over the desolate New Jersey meadows, let me try and picture the man we are on our way to see,—a man of médium height, squarely built, and latterly somewhat inclined to amplitude of girth; his long grayish hair is thrown back from a broad, intellectual forehead dominating a clean-shaven face, which, with its mobile mouth and Dantesque contour, would be essentially that of the poet and dreamer, were it not for the twinkling, deep-set gray eyes, forever questioning, which bespeak the keen, cool-headed, practical man of affairs. So here at least is a case in which the face is an index of the character, for it is this union of imagination and every-day shrewdness which has helped to make of Edison a dis- coverer as well as an inventor. The duality of nature is carried still further, and all sorts of whimsical contradictions are in him found side by side, and serve to form the sum of a character entirely lovable and absolutely individual. There is an innate modesty about Edison ; yet this does not prevent, but rather accentu- ates, at times, thedisplay of self-reliance on his own powers, proceeding doubtless from the consciousness of unsurpassed achieve- ment, which possesses the appearance rather than the substance of egoism. Only lately, to illustrate the former characteristic, we were talking of a recently published ‘ au- tobiography.”” ‘‘ Why don’t you write yours?”’’ asked I. ‘‘I could not,’’ was the reply, given with evident sincerity and in the almost boyish fashion of speech which isa partof him. ‘‘Some fellows can, and I EDISON. 599 wish I could. But—I haven’t the cheek/”’ And nothing would persuade him but that it would be the height of presumption on his part to talk to the public about himself. On the other hand, when talking about his work, he will plan Aladdin-like schemes, dependent solely on his own inventive pow- ers, with a confidence which makes them seem almost accomplished facts instead of theoretical anticipations. Again, there may be pointed out the con- trast between his simple, unostentatious mode of life, as well as his hatred of display, and his lavish extravagance on all that concerns his beloved scientific pursuits. I have seen him eating his noonday meal, carried to him in a basket, with a simplicity befitting the purse of one of his junior clerks, while sitting at a table in the library of his laboratory—a library which, in its artistic finishing, its size, and its appointments gen- erally, would not be out of place in the capi- tal of some wealthy State. So, also, to an almost reckless heedlessness of money for money’s sake, he unites a genius for finan- cing and for the appreciation of the pecuniary advantage of a speculation, which enabled him to truthfully declare once in my pres- ence, that he had never in his life lost money in any scheme into which he had ventured. I might go on indefinitely multiplying instances of these strange contradictions. I have mentioned Edison's boyish habit of expression, and this unconventional juve- nility is more than a mere habit of speech. There is a breeziness of thought as well as manner about this gray-haired boy, who has made millions of dollars with his brain alone as capital, and whose name is a household word among the nations. In his soft, mel- lifluous voice, which in some inexplicable manner by its very tones affords a sad sug- gestion of the great misfortune which in late years has afflicted Edison—his increasing deafness—he is, when not immersed in some knotty problem, continually joking, telling humorous stories, or ‘‘ chaffing’’ his busi- ness associates or subordinates. By every one in his employ ‘‘ The Old Man,”’ as with affectionate familiarity he is universally called, is loved as well as obeyed, and held as fellow as well as master. But while we have been chatting the train has sped across the meadows, has rattled through the busy city of Newark, has passed

Page 82

600 Menlo Park, where formerly stood the work- shop of the wizard, and has touched at one after another of those trimly-kept and com- fort-exhaling villages which, grouped to- gether, are known as ‘‘ The Oranges,’’ and at the station of Orange proper our destina- tion is reached. The day is fine and spring- like, and we, unencumbered by baggage, may easily walk along the bustling village highway and past the closely shaven lawns and quaint nineteenth-century echoes of by- gone architecture, until we turn off at the quiet country road, some half mile down which we espy the huge but not altogether ungainly pile of red brick with its succession of wings, thrown out like the teeth of some Brobdingnaggian comb, and its aspiring round brick chimney-shaft. It looks more like some county institution than the private workshop of one scientific investigator. The main building, which faces the road, is fifty or sixty feet wide by about two hun- dred in length, and rises to the height of about four ordinary stories. To the left, as one faces it, stretch out the one-story wings, each of which houses a special department of research. Far tothe rear rises the tall smoke tower, at the base of which are clustered the low brick buildings containing the gigantic engines which give life to the multitude of throbbing, pulsating machines on each floor of the edifice. We touch the button ofan electric bell at the road-side wicket, and a bright-eyed boy comes in response to the summons and gives us admittance to the carefully guarded pre- cincts from which strangers are so jealously excluded, more, perhaps, from fear of the loss of time entailed by the presence of inquisi- tive sight-seers than from a desire for secrecy. Our entrance to the laboratory is made through an insignificant looking doorway, which admits us into a high room extending the whole width of the building, and about as long as it is wide. Through large open- ings at the further end are caught tanta- lizing glimpses of ponderous engines and Leviathan driving wheels, while passing workmen, smoke-begrimed and oily of vis- age, suggest the machine-shop rather than the scientist’s laboratory. But when we turn to the right and step into the library, we see at once that we are in no merely utilita- rian factory. Here we are in the world of restful contemplation, the monastic peaceful- EDISON. ness and repose being emphasized by the bustle of the work-a-day world which lies on the other side of the door. The library occupies that portion of the building which faces the roadway, and is about square in plan. On two of its sides it is lighted by tall semicircular-headed windows, which reach nearly up to the pine- paneled ceiling, with its deep coffers and sturdy cross-beams which stretch above our heads at the height of some forty feet or so from the polished parquet floor, bestrewn with soft rugs of those rich but quietly blended colorings which bespeak the Oriental loom. At regular intervals round the room bookceses of polished wood showing its natural grain are so arranged as to form convenient alcoves, each lit with its swing- ing incandescent electric lamps, easily ad- justable by an ingenious device to any required height. Round three sides, and midway between floor and ceiling, runs a gallery reached by a flight of steps in one corner, and here is repeated the same arrange- ment of bookcases and alcoves as prevails below. A substantial table, a couple of busi- ness-like writing-desks, and a sufficiency of comfortable chairs furnish the room, while in the center, resting on a square of mosaic tiling sunk level with the floor, a mass of flowering shrubs and spreading palms gives a delightful touch of tropical luxury to the noble apartment. Should the air outside be chilly, a couple of hickory logs blaze cheer- fully in the cavernous open fire-place, with its old-fashioned brass dogs and smoke- encrusted chimney-throat. The elaborate mantelpiece which surmounts this is one of the architectural features of the place, its chief decorative effect being gained by an elaborately carved clock-dial, so intricately arranged that it can denote not only the time of day, but the direction of the wind and the day of the month as well. Here is the nucleus of a scientific library which in a very few years will probably be unequaled. It would doubtless be so already were there added to its shelves the marvelous collection, resulting from years of patient acquisition, now in the pictur- esque Queen Anne home which Edison has built for himself on a slope of the Orange Mountains. The books found here, how- ever, are intended solely for the use of those employed in the laboratory, and a generous

Page 83

~ . t ‘ist NTL po BU Ss

| PG KS te mY yaa ee, a 1G “thy 4 = x ° & > wp » ic) 0 Q Z Z =) 77) r > x < — = a WO SSS

Page 84

602 EDISON. THE CHEMICAL ROOM, IN EDISON'S LABORATORY. collection it is. To us, however, the most interesting volumes will doubtless be those which relate to the inventor himself, and they are many. Half a dozen shelves are occupied by scrap-books, neatly titled and indexed, which contain all the newspaper clippings of past years bearing in any way on Edison or his inventions. Here are the materials for that biography which must some day be written, and curious enough some of itis. Here, for instance, is the his- tory from day to day, from month to month, and from year to year, of the incandescent electric light, including the editorial arti- cles in prominent scientific papers, and the statements from leading electricians to the effect that the whole thing was a fraud and humbug, and would never, could never, be- come a working reality. These articles were written and these statements signed but a few years ago, and to-day probably the very rooms in which they were penned are lighted by that incandescent filament en- closed in its airless bulb which has laid the foundations of its inventor’s fortunes. Here too is a French novel, pasted into the book as it appeared in its feuzlleton form at the bottom of succeeding issues of the lead- ing Parisian newspaper ; and the marvelous hero of this blood-curdling romance, the scenes of which are laid in a New York pos- sible only to the imagination of a French novelist, is Thomas A. Edison. Other Edi- soniana there are, too, in the shape of several bulky volumes which consist merely of the drawings and specifications of patents grant- ed to Edison, reaching back as far as the first ‘‘ stock-ticker,’’ and ending with the latest improvement on the phonograph. One can scarcely believe that one man’s brain can have conceived this multitude of devices, some ef them showing merely the ingenuity of the mechanician, while others betray the influence of the harnessed imagi- nation of the latter-day scientist. The num- ber of patents granted him runs well up into the hundreds. Edison himself will tell us, as he has told me more than once, that one invention may represent the result of thou- sands of careful experiments, each dealing with a complete theory, first conceived, and then laboriously demonstrated to be incorrect, until at last comes the one the- ory which corresponds with the facts, and,

Page 85

EDISON. Eureka! the inventor is repaid for all his toil. Now we have waited long enough, and the grinning lad who «has taken our cards (I know not why, but all the lads in Edison’s employ seem in a state of perennial good- humor and happiness) returns with an answer. Perhaps the ‘‘Old Man’”’ is en- gaged on some intricate problem of inven- tion, or the improvement of some detail of an invention, in a remote nook of the build- ing. In such acase it is as much as any- one’s life is worth to disturb him. Or sup- pose, more happily, as more rarely, he has an hour or two to spare, and will himself start us on our tour of investigation, laugh- ing and joking the while, but with an air of allowable pride in the completeness of the establishment, which is charming in its frank ingenuousness. Stepping out of the library, we find our- selves in the room, already described, through which we entered. A closer exam- ination shows that it is divided into narrow aisles running the width of the building, by 603 a series of high shelves partitioned off some- what after the fashion of bookcases, so as to form large pigeon-holes, while the lower portions are occupied with nests of neatly labeled drawers. There are thousands of pigeon-holes and hundreds of drawers, and in them is to be found as heterogeneous an assortment of articles as can well be imagined. This is the ‘‘stock-room,’’ but the stock therein contained would supply more than half the shops in Christendom with a sample at least of each of their par- ticular goods. The drawers, some of which are marked with half a dozen names as guides to the varied contents, are filled with such strange things as seal, squirrel, bear, sable, fox, marten, ermine, and beaver skins; tight rolls of the furs or hairy coverings of even rarer animals; feathers of every bird that flies or swims ; snake skins, fish skins ; hides, raw and tanned; bones, teeth, and tusks of all sorts of creatures, including hip- popotami, narwhals, whales, rhinoceri, and sharks ; minerals, ores, crystals, and precious stones (cut and in the rough) ; barks and sec- THE MACHINE SHOP, IN EDISON’S LABORATORY.

Page 86

tions of the trunks of every species of tree ; bundles of dried grass- es; dried fruits, nuts and beans, salts, sugars; grains such as wheat and maize, both whole and crushed to flour; gums and spices, someof the former so rare that the grains are kept in lit- tle folded papers such as diamond merchants use. In short, the whole of nature seems to have been laid under contribution to stock these long, deep drawers. In the pigeon- holes above are manufactured articles, the hundreds and hundreds of drugs, chemical solutions, and essences being contained in small glass vials, each plainly ticketed with the name of the contents. There are rolls of woven stuffs, sheet metals, and all sorts of papers, gums, and linings. Then there are bits of machinery, bolts, screws, nuts, angle-irons ; tools such as hammers, vises, drills ; while blocking up the passage-ways are such out-of-place looking objects as ice- cream freezers, wheel-barrows, pumps, and soon. Everything one can think of, from a packet of needles or a tooth-pick, to a sledge-hammer or a sewing-machine, can here be found. You turn in amazement to Mr. Edison, and his eyes twinkle as he replies to your unspoken query. ‘I have tried,’’ says he, ‘‘to gather together here samples of evey material to be found in the EDISON. habitable world, and I think I have succeed- ed ;’’ and then, perhaps, having just whetted your curiosity, he hurriedly excuses himself, turns his visitors over to one of his assist- ants, and plunging up-stairs again is pre- sumably soon immersed in his beloved occu- pations. Whichever of his assistants may have been deputed as guide, you will surely find him cultivated, courteous, an acknowl- edged expert in one or more branches of scientific research, and proudly interested in the establishment of which he forms a part. ‘“‘It is one of Mr. Edison’s peculiarities,”’ he will tell you, ‘‘to push on with an ex- periment or investigation when he has once begun, without pause or break, hardly stop- ping to bolt a morsel of food or snatch a few hours of sleep. Now, in the course of these investigations, he often finds that he needs some material which in the ordinary way he would find it nearly impossible to procure, and in his early days he was from this cause subjected to much inconvenience and delay. Now all this is obviated, and in five minutes hecan have anything in reason that he wants.”’

Page 87

EDISON. ‘‘But how can he ever want such weird things as sharks’ teeth or rhinoceros-horn ?’’ you ask. ‘‘They are reminiscent of the witches’ caldron in ‘ Macbeth.’ ”’ ‘‘That shows that you don’t know what queer things electricians use,’’ replies our modern Virgil. ‘‘During the progress of the experiments with the incandescent elec- tric light, for instance, nearly everything one can think of was tried as a primary material from which to form the delicate carbon filament whose incandescence is the source ofthe light. Finally, as perhaps you know, shreds of one particular variety of bamboo were found to give the most gratify- ing results ; and there, by the way, you can see a few bales of the very reeds from which those strips are cut. Again, the delicate needle, which, affixed to the under side of the vibrating diaphragm of the phonograph, indents the smooth, revolving surface of the waxen cylinder, had to be formed of some material possessing peculiar properties of elasticity and rigidity. Scores of the most unlikely substances, both organic and in- organic, natural and artificial, were tried before the right one was hit upon. And so it goes with all the little details of electric appliances.”’ But there is too much to see to linger long in this old and new curiosity shop, and we pass through it to the farther end of the building, and are standing in the lower machine shop amid a bewildering roar of whirling wheels and swiftly speeding leather bands. Grimy workmen are hammering and chipping grotesque looking castings of iron and steel at benches placed in front of the wide windows, while all around others are directing the movements of enormous machines, which seem almost like sentient beings themselves, as they perform their allotted tasks, planing, boring, cutting, and shaping the hardest metal, as a carpenter plays with a block of soft pine. This shop, we are told, is devoted to the manufacture of the heavier parts of such machinery as may be necessary in forming new models of elec- tric motors and so forth. There are machines here, and workmen who can handle them, capable of turning out a monster locomotive or an eighty-ton gun. We clamber up a steep staircase, and find ourselves in. another room as large as the one we have just left, and, like that, filled 43 605 with the busy hum of revolving wheels over- head and clanking machinery below, only in this case everything is of a daintier, lighter make and appearance. This is the shop where instruments of precision and all the more delicate portions of the mechanical work are turned out. More wonderful in many ways are these mechanical aids to human power, for these iron and brass levers and cog-wheels seem capable of doing all that man can do, and more. In this shop can be made the most delicate instruments possible,—machines so tiny that they would not outbalance a nickel placed in the oppos- ing scale; while below, so our Virgil tells us, motors weighing many tons can be just as easily manufactured. Here are workmen, evidently of highly nervous organization, filing and polishing the almost impercepti- ble needles, which, when inserted in their proper place in the phonograph, will ‘‘ keep track'’ even of a woman’s tongue; and others are putting together the nicely pro- portioned and delicate brass work which goes to make the rest of the ‘‘ talk-recorder.”’ Others, again, are finishing off to an exqui- site smoothness the surfaces of the wax cylinders on which the record is made, and later on we shall find more than one work- man busy casting these same cylinders by pouring the queerly odoriferous melted wax from a ladle into brass molds. The molds look not unlike a row of greasy rockets, but are of highly ingenious construction, spe- cially adapted for their peculiar task. Virgil, however, warns us that we must not linger, and we are soon poking our heads into large, light, and airy rooms, where spectacled men in their shirt-sleeves are draughting, from the rough sketches of Mr. Edison, carefully plotted plans and eleva- tions of inventions of greater or less impor- tance, while others are pursuing scientific investigations with all the careful laborious- ness and patience of enthusiasts. Here, sur- rounded by cabinets of minerals, saucers of acids, scales able to detect the variation in weight of a single hair, and clever magnetic contrivances, are a couple of investigators prying into the affinities of various ores, having in view the perfection of the novel ore-separator which will be Edison’s next gift to the commercial world. In yet an- other room interesting experiments in elec- tro-metallurgy are being conducted, and in

Page 88

606 great jars of evil-smelling liquid, phono- graph cylinders, covered with the micro- scopic dots and dashes which are the visible memorial of sound, are receiving deposits of various metals. The outcome of all this tentative work will be the still further perfect- ing of the already patented scheme for limit- less reduplication of phonographic records. Then we are shown a larger apartment, wherein are arranged in frames thousands of the glass globes in which, when exhausted of all air, incandescent filaments will become a source of grateful light. They are under- going the exhausting process under the careful gaze of sundry other assistants; and, numerous as they are, they will be chiefly used for experimental purposes, those for the use of the public being prepared else- where. A long, low room is devoted to testing the average ‘‘lives’’ of these ex- perimental lamps, and presents a curious appearance, with its hundreds of brilliant lights covering the ceiling in closely paral- leled lines,—a firmament of tangible stars. We are told here that the ideal lamp, for the realization of which all these investigators are constantly striving, will burn for an in- definite period, and, save when it meets with an accident, will not require renewal for years and years. Not the least interesting of these little scientific headquarters is the photographic studio, under the superintend- ence of a good-looking young artist, who, like every one else about the place, is re- freshingly enthusiastic about his own spe- cialty. He has an establishment which a leading professional ‘‘knight of the cam- era’’ might envy, for he has one lens which enables him to use plates about the size of an ordinary newspaper, and so prevents the necessity of enlarging. Some of his exterior views betray the skilled artist in their pic- turesqueness and the cleverness with which the one point of view which is the right one has been taken advantage of. Hanging on the walls are pictures of inventions and machines in their various stages of develop- ment, and this little gallery forms a fitting complement to the scrap-books we looked over down-stairs ; for here is the old “ barrel- organ’’ phonograph of ten years ago side by side with the perfect little instrument of to-day, while the electric-light lamp is shown in its infancy as well as in its maturity. EDISON. Up still higher we mount, and come to a large, airy, well-lit room directly over the library. One end of this is occupied by a rostrum, in front of which benches are dis- posed. This is the lecture room, and here at least once a week the staff of assistants and their friends listen to a lecture on some topic of practical interest to them, delivered either by one of the heads of departments or by some acknowledged expert from the outer scien- tific world. These lectures, which are given at Mr. Edison’s sole expense, are viewed by him simply as an indirect means of increas- ing the efficiency and the enthusiasm of his corps of helpers. At Virgil’s suggestion we waste no time here, but follow him down the winding stair- cases and past the hive of busy workers, until we have reached the ground floor, and are in the outer air once more, though our travels are not yet over. There are still the outbuildings to be investigated, and before we begin we have to visit the engine-house, and admire the powerful giant with his tire- less arms turning for ever, like Ixion, the huge wheel which represents the motive power of all those whirring machines in the great throbbing building. We deliver up our watches to a swarthy bandit, who grins cheerfully as he relieves us of them, and this act of spoliation accomplished we visit the electric motors, which furnish elec- tricity not only to the countless lamps in the laboratory itself, but alse to a large por- tion of the town of Orange and to the larger suburban residences hereabouts. When we have wondered at these, and have been pleased like children at the sight of the constant stream of many-colored sparks which fly off at various places with Mephistophelian energy, we prevail on the dusky bandit to render up to us once more our timepieces, and emerge once more to take a peep at the ten-feet-long astronomical telescope, which has its little observatory all to itself, set up in a convenient part of the grounds. Then we visit the four one-story buildings, which I have already described as running out at right angles to the main edifice. In one of these is housed the large ore separator, which has been above referred to. It is a pon- derous affair, with the cruel-looking crusher attached which grinds up the big masses of hematite and quartz as though they were loaf sugar, and then passes the pulverized

Page 89

HER LORGNETTE. result by means of anendless chain of little buckets to the hopper, down which the metal- lic stream falls, to separate into two minor currents ere it reaches the ground,—the sheep, or pure ore, on one side ; the goats, or refuse rock, on the other. The next building is devoted to storage purposes, and contains naught of special interest. Of the two remaining, one, which is full of noisome fumes, is devoted to the chemist of the establishment and all his works. Here, far from his fellows, he is al- lowed to make all the horrible compounds, with their still more horrible smells, he pleases, and so presumably enjoys the closest ap>roach to happiness a chemist can know, and varies the monotony of existence by an occasional explosion. The last building is in some respects the most interesting ofall. It contains some of the most marvelous instruments of precision to be found in the world, for here are to be found those ingenious arrangements for accurately measuring electricity and light, which are known as galvanometers and photometers. With these the strength of a current or the brilliancy of a light can be absolutely measured to the minutest fraction, and so delicate are the galvanometers that even a bunch of keys carried in one’s pocket as one stands near them will disarrange their exquisite sensibilities, and render them use- less. In this room too are various examples of magnetic coils, one of which, an innocent looking affair about a foot in length, but 607 containing many miles of the finest silk- covered wire, can throw a spark twelve inches long, and killa man or half a dozen men in a fraction of an instant. Other curious con- trivances there are also, including a mechani- cal calculator, which will add up bewildering rows of figures, subtract and divide with the precision of a normal schoolmaster, by the mere turning of a crank. So we have ‘‘ made the rounds,”’ and, en- tering once more the laboratory proper, may chance to meet Edison himself, his labors over, starting homewards. He is as full of animal spirits as a lad released from his Latin-lesson, and we stroll with him up the hill, and spend a few minutes with him in the library ofthe magnificent home, standing in the center of its trimly kept lawns, and shaded by its leafy trees, which he has built for himself away from the bustle of New York, the noise of which city he declares drives him almost insane, when for business reasons he has to visit it. Then, as time and trains wait not even for us, we take our way to the station, through the dusky evening shadows of the country roads, and wag ‘our heads wisely as we think, first, of the little newsboy crying his wares but a compara- tively few years ago, and then of that marvel- ous building we have just left, the weekly running expenses of which are far up in the thousands, and which was built and is main- tained simply as the private workshop of one man,—surely the grandest workshop in the whole world. HER LORGNETTE. By FANNIE AYMAR MATHEWS. ’TwaAs such a dainty bit of shell, All carved with scrolls and things ; And brandished by the whitest hand Bedecked with jeweled rings. It fluttered here and fluttered there, And emphasized remarks On novels, poets, arts, and trades, On science, foods, and parks ! *T was poised to point a thoughtful pause Beneath the prettiest chin ! ’Twas used to mark the music’s time, ’Twas folded out and in. ’Twas held before the loveliest eyes— ‘*T’m so near-sighted that—’”’ And then the slip’ry, treach’rous toy Fell sliding in my hat ! I picked it up to hand it back (The cunning of this lass ! !) En route I learned those tortoise rims Had ne’er inclosed—a glass !

Page 90

AN APRIL CLOUD. By ARIEL SIEGFRIED. A FIRMAMENT of tiny crystal spheres, Clustered obedient to the star of day, Comes soft from pearly shores where tempests play, From glacial meads, from tranquil mountain meers, And gem-lined cavern crypts. No mortal hears The dulcet strains that flow along its way, . But frozen fields list to its roundelay And bloom celestial ’neath its pitying tears. So hearts cloud-shadowed, brooding in the cold, Hear the still music that obscures the sun At last, and when the long chill song is done,— The gospel of Love’s mastery completely told,— The melting heavens let loose the fires of gold, And roses weave a garden halcyon.

Page 91

THE By WOLF Von T was in the year 1865. Napoleon III. was at the zenith of his glory and power, and the name of warlike France carried terror before it. Even the rulers of the so-called ‘robber states’’ in Northern Africa quaked in their morocco-leather boots before it. At that time it was that a captain of a Mar- seilles merchant vessel, a man named Duvergnier, had had to suffer from the ex- actions of the chief of police in the good city of Tunis, because the captain had dis- appointed him in his expectations of back- sheesh. Captain Duvergnier, however, being a Marseillais, was no fool, and went before the Bey himself, complaining loudly and un- sparingly of the treatment he had had to un- dergo, and threatening the vengeance of the whole French army if justice were not done him. The Bey, being a man open to argu- ment and conviction, saw the point, and pro- nounced in the complainant’s favor. Where- upon the captain, nothing loath, spoke up as follows : ‘‘Seems to me, Highness, that I ought to be paid an indemnity for the loss of time incurred by waiting for the wise and liberal judgment thou hast just now rendered.”’ ‘* True.’’ ‘‘ All the more,’’ continued the captain, emboldened by the approbation of the Bey, ‘‘as I was expected at Gibraltar at the begin- ning of winter, and as we are now near- ing spring, and by the time I’d arrive at my port of destination the moment favorable for the sale of my cargo will be long past and gone.’’ ‘‘ And of what is thy cargo composed ?’’ ‘‘ Of nightcaps, Highness !’’ ‘‘ Of what, giaour?”’ ‘* Of nightcaps.’’ ‘* And what dost mean by that ?"’ The captain at once drew from his pocket a sample of the goods mentioned, and hand- ed it to the Bey. ‘* And how can this thing be used ?’”’ ‘To put on the head and wear by night or by day, just as the owner chooses ;’’ and Suiting the action to the word, Captain Duvergnier pulled the cap over his ears. NIGHTCAPS AND THE BEY. SCHIERBRAND, ‘‘ It looks villainous,’’ said the Bey laconi- cally. ‘‘But it’s very comfortabie,’’ put in the captain. ‘* And thou sayest that the delay incident to the slowness of this proceeding, which has just ended in rendering thee full justice, has occasioned thee a loss of money ?”’ ‘Yes, Highness; at least ten thousand francs’ worth.”’ The Bey clapped his hands. ‘‘ Wait!’’ he said to the captain. His first scribe en- tered, bowing his head to the ground and prostrating himself before the mighty pres- ence. “Sit down there and write,’’ said his master. The scribe obeyed. The Bey dictated sev- eral lines, of which the captain, however, understood never a word, seeing that it was Arabic. Then, the scribe having finished and the Bey having affixed his seal, he told his servant : “Go and have this amrah at once pro- claimed in the city !’’ The servant crossed his hands over his breast, bowed as low as before, and left the apartment. ‘Beg pardon, Highness, but——’’ ‘* What yet ?’’ inquired the Bey. ‘‘Without desiring to appear indiscreet, could I ask thy Highness the meaning of this order just issued ?’’ ‘‘Certainly. It is an order directing all the Jews of Tunis, on pain of instant death, to wear, within twenty-four hours, a night- cap on all public occasions.’’ ‘‘Ah, what a scheme! I understand, Highness !’’ ejaculated the delighted Mar- seilles captain. ‘““Then if thou dost, return to thy vessel, and make as much profit out of thy mer- chandise as thou canst. Thou wilt not lack for customers.”’ The captain, in the excess of his joy, went down on all fours, upset the Bey’s little tebibouk tabouret, kissed the great man’s babooshes, and then hurriedly retired to his vessel.

Page 92

610 Meanwhile the following amrah was being published through every street of Tunis by the criers : ‘‘Praise be to Allah, the Only One, to whom everything and everybody returns ! “Thus sayeth the Slave of Allah, the Glorious, of whom he implores forgiveness and absolution ; ‘‘He, the Moosheer Sidi Hussein Pasha, Bey of Tunis : “It is forbidden every Jew, Israelite and Nazarene, to walk the streets of Tunis with- out having his unbelieving and accursed head covered with a nightcap of cotton cloth ; ‘‘And this on pain of having instantly his head cut off ; ‘* Giving these miscreants only twenty-four hours of delay, within which to obtain the aforesaid headgear. ‘* That each of the unbelieving dogs render due obedience to this order. ‘* Written on the 2oth day of the month of Moharram, in the year 1243 after the hedjrah.’’ The effect of this publication in the streets of Tunis, with its large Hebrew population, may be better imagined than described. The twenty-five thousand Jews who are residents, of Tunis, looked at each other with fright- ened faces, and demanded to know why this eighth plague had been permitted by the Lord to afflict the chosen people. The most learned rabbis were interrogated; but as science generally ignores practical questions, their deepest studies and most profound cogitations had never taught them what a ‘‘nightcap of cotton cloth’’ was. Every Jew stood aghast, and their fear and conster- nation were great. At last, though, a Gourni (as the Jews of Leghorn are called in Tunis) remembered having one day seen a vessel enter the port of Leghorn, the crew of which had been adorned with the like headgear. It was something to know what the object in question was like. But where were they to get those caps? The Jews wrung their hands, and lifted up their voices in despair; the Jewesses tore out their hair by the handfuls ; their children strewed ashes on their heads, and ate mud in despair. And all of them lifted up their hands to heaven, and shouted : THE NIGHTCAPS AND THE BEY. ‘‘God of Israel, thou who didst cause manna to fall from the skies, tell us, we implore thee, where to find these accursed nightcaps !”’ At the moment when desolation reigned supreme, and the cries of the multitude were the most heartrending, a rumor began to spread among the motley crowd. A vessel loaded with nightcaps was in the harbor—thus ran therumor. Inquiries were instantly made. It was a three-masted ves- sel from Marseilles, it was said. But did the owner have so many thousands of night- caps on board? Were there enough to go around ? A rush was made for the boats. Every- body wanted to be the first one on board of the vessel, and there was a fearful crush and crowding. The whole harbor was cov- ered with a flotilla of row and sail boats, and they all steered for the Marseilles vessel. That vessel was lying at anchor some dis- tance from shore, and to get to it it was necessary to first cross the shallow lake of Tunis. At La Goulette some six boats were upset, but the shoal water prevented the drowning of any one. Finally the vessel was reached. Captain Duvergnier was on the quarter-deck awaiting the attack. With the aid of his telescope he had seen the whole series of preliminaries. He was well posted. In less than ten minutes more there were three hundred boats surrounding the vessel. The shcuting, screeching, ‘and screaming was as if pandemonium had been let loose. Ten thousand voices rang out in despair : ‘*Give us nightcaps, nightcaps, or we die !”’ The captain motioned with his hand. He was understood to desire silence, and every- body was as silent as the tomb. ‘* You want nightcaps ?’’ he asked. “Yes, yes!’’ came the reply from a thou- sand throats. ‘Very well,’’ said thecaptain. ‘‘ But you know, gentlemen, that nightcaps are very much in demand just now. I have received news from Europe to the effect that night- caps are worth a great deal more in the market at this present moment, particularly in Tunis, than they were twenty-four hours ago. There has been a successful bull move- ment.”’ ‘* Alas, alas!” shouted the voices from below, ‘‘ we know that to be only too true.

Page 93

Let us have the nightcaps, kind stranger, and you will earn our lasting gratitude.”’ ‘‘Gratitude be blowed,’’ replied bluntly the captain. ‘‘ What I want is your money. But listen! I am an honest man !’’ The Jews trembled. That was the intro- duction they always chose when they pre- pared themselves to drive a hard bargain with a victim. ‘*T shall not take undue advantage of your needs.”’ The Jews paled more and more. ‘‘The nightcaps,’’ continued the captain, ‘‘ cost me two francs apiece.”’ ‘* Well, that’s not as much as we thought,”’ murmured the frightened Jews below. ‘*T shall be satisfied with a profit of eighteen francs for each,’’ said the cap- tain. ‘* Hosanna !”’ fully. ‘‘Who wants nightcaps at twenty francs apiece ?’’ demanded the captain. Every hand went up, as at school when the teacher has asked an easy question. ‘‘Order now!”’ said the captain. ‘‘ Enter on starboard, and leave the vessel by lar- board, one by one. Whoever disobeys don’t get any nightcap !”’ The greatest order prevailed, and business was humming for about six hours. Every- body paid his twenty francs and got his nightcap. Some took several nightcaps for friends left at home sick or dying, or for future need. The captain took in a little matter of five hundred thousand francs in gold, of which four hundred and fifty thousand was clear profit. The following day, the captain came once more into the presence of the Bey. ‘* Ah, itis thou, giaour?”’ The captain fell down before the Bey and worshiped him. ‘*Well?’’ asked the Bey. ‘‘T came to thank thee, Highness !”’ said the captain. screamed the Jews joy- THE NIGHTCAPS AND THE BEY. ‘* Art thou satisfied ?’’ ‘More than satisfied.’’ ‘‘ But this is not all,’’ said the Bey. ‘* Not all ?’’ stammered the captain, fear- ing an ambush. “No: wait!” And the Bey once more summoned his scribe. Five minutes later the following amyrah had been dictated : ‘*Praise be to Allah, the Only One, to whom everything and everybody returns ! ‘“‘Thus sayeth the Slave of Allah, the Glorious, of whom he implores forgiveness and absolution ; ‘*He, the Moosheer Sidi Hussein Pasha, Bey of Tunis : “It is herewith forbidden every Jew to appear in the streets of Tunis with a night- cap covering his unbelieving and accursed head, on pain of having his aforesaid head instantly cut off. ‘“Only twenty-four hours are given the owners of said nightcaps to dispose of them to the best advantage. ‘Let this amrah be strictly obeyed. ‘‘Written on the 21st day of the month of Moharram, in the year 1243 after the hedjrah.”’ ‘Dost understand ?’’ asked the Bey. ‘‘O Highness, thou art the greatest Bey that ever lived !’’ exclaimed the captain in his enthusiasm. And the next day he bought his cargo of nightcaps back again for ten thousand francs, took it to Gibraltar and sold it for one hundred and fifty thousand. He took the proceeds to Marseilles, where he bought himself a pretty house and garden by the harbor, invested the rest of his funds in national treasury obligations, and is still living in peace and contentment in his native city. As he takes the first mouthful of bouille-a-baisse, the great Marseilles dish, at every dinner, he lifts his glass of M/édoc and drinks it to the health of ‘‘ His Highness, the Bey of Tunis, and his nightcaps.”’

Page 94

Soci HOEVER approaches the study of social problems in America, must remember how different are the conditions here from those on the other side of the ocean. He must remember that we are at work on our own lines, in a system which is really ocean wide apart from the systems of the Old World. The difference of land- tenures ; the difference of the density of pop- ulation ; the result of republican and demo- cratic habits ; the result of the gift of land free of cost to all who will take,—are four only among a hundred instances which could be named, where fundamental princi- ples, deeply based in history and social order, make our plans and studies different from those of people in Europe. It is more than eighty years since a Port- uguese minister, representing his country in Washington, said that the providence of God seemed to have a special care for idiots, drunkards, and the United States. However this may be regarding idiots and drunkards, it was certainly true of the United States, and has been true ever since. For it is very sure that the good God makes special promises to those who live as his children— who, in the phrase of Scripture, ‘‘ partake of the divine nature.’’ It is also true that certain rulers and nations have, for their own purposes, chosen to restrict very closely the work of his children. In some coun- tries, for instance, a man may not build a wheel unless he is licensed as a wheel- wright ; or a man may not teach French, unless he is licensed asateacher. The United States, on the contrary, and each State which unites to form the nation so named, gives to anybody the right to do what he relt Hale. can, as he chooses, if he do not hurt any- body else in the doing. He may go into the wilderness and build his cabin where he chooses. But if a French settler goes into the wilderness in Algeria, he must build where a government prefect bids him. An American settlement, needing a bridge across the Pow-Wow creek, will build it and pay for it. The French settle- ment in Algiers must wait for a plan of the bridge from the government bureaus, and will, in fact, also wait for the government to pay for it. The American may settle in any town in America he chooses, and may stay as long as he chooses. If a German move from Baden to Bavaria, he will not live in his new home twenty-four hours before the police wait on him, and ask him why he has come, how long he means to stay, and what bonds he can give that he will not’be a pauper. Now, the Portuguese minister was right when he said that the good God has certain special privileges which he reserves for nations which leave his children thus free to follow the directions he gives them— which they find in their native instinct, or in the drift of their personal abilities. Na- tions which choose to say that men shall not follow such a drift, may and must take the consequences. If you say a man born a peasant must grow up a peasant, you must take the consequences. You can not have Eli Whitney or Robert Fulton. If you say that a country must be settled by plans from headquarters, you must take the conse- quences. You will not have Ohio or Iowa. It is important to say this, because the physical wealth and prosperity of America

Page 95

to-day are due to the establishment one hundred years ago of this ‘“‘go as you please’’ policy, and the starting all white people on that rule. Twenty-five years ago all black people were admitted to the same privilege, and before five years more are past all red people will be. The result of wealth and prosperity comes naturally, where you thus turn every inquiring mind and each intelligent man and woman into the service of developing your resources. All the copper, and iron, and silver, and gold, and oil, and coal, and gas, and salt, which now give wealth to America, were here one hundred and two hundred years ago. But they were not revealed, unfolded, developed, discovered—all these words mean the same thing—till there were free men and women, who would receive the results of their enter- prises, to discover, unfold, develop, or re- veal. * * * NExT to this distinction between life in America and life in Europe, comes in the distinction between a state of war and a state of peace. The United States is a great peace society. Europe is an assemblage of camps. There are millions of people in the United States who never saw a soldier. You can not walk five blocks in any city on the continent in Europe without meeting a man in uniform. Of which the consequence appears in this difference between the workman in America and the workman in Europe. I put it in the words of an after-dinner speech of Mr. Evarts. ‘‘The German farmer,’’ he said, ‘‘at work in Germany is as good a man as his brother is at work in Wisconsin. But in Germany the farmer has to carry a soldier on his back.’’ Now, in these pages, we are just cosmo- politan enough to ask if those poor people yonder must lug round those soldiers for ever. Really the loss of production to the world is, in a sense, our loss as well as theirs. Must this thing be always? How long will it be before the six great powers appoint a tribunal of the highest dignity, to whom any international question may be referred? May be—not must be. Suppose that the highest rank, and every dignity, were conferred on the members of this tribunal. Suppose that each of the six SOCIAL PROBLEMS. 613 nations named one member—its most honor- able and distinguished jurist. Suppose that the nations of the second class were per- mitted each to name an “ assessor ’’—a judge who should attend at the tribunal at certain sessions, without, perhaps, the full privileges of the other judges. Let this tribunal organize itself, and be ready for some appeal. Let two nations refer to it some question which had embarrassed their diplomacy. The first question would not, perhaps, be an important question—one of those little things, may be, that every one wants to get out of the way. Let the tri- bunal decide. Certainly, every one would accept thedecision. The next question sub- mitted would be of more importance: the habit would grow, and we should find before we knew it that we had ‘‘ The Federation of the World.”’ * * * THE rich of this world, so called for con- venience, have everything money can pay for. The poor, so called, are environed by organized ‘‘ charities,’’ for the relief of their present necessities. Between the two little factions, thus named, is the great body of people to whom you and I belong, dear reader. They are people who ask no charity and can paddle their own canoes. But we do not want to lose force in the paddling. Such people are not exempt from sickness, nor the chances—accidents— which no one can calculate. To meet the needs of women in this condition, the Medi- cal Aid Society for Self-supporting Women has recently been established in Philadel- phia. The object is to ‘‘furnish medical advice to self-supporting women, for a fixed sum, in aid only of those who can not afford to pay the regular fees.’”’” Arrangements are made also with the best druggists of the city to prepare the prescriptions at cost price. The attending physicians are women, and in order to better accommodate the patients, office hours are in the evening, when work- ing-women are free from their duties. Such an office was opened in Boston, in connection with the Woman’s Industrial and Educational Union, two years ago, and the projectors have the satisfaction of knowing that they reach a class of women whose self- respect will not permit them to ask for char- ity, and yet who can not afford to pay the fees usually asked by physicians.

Page 96

614 The reader will observe tha. here is one more illustration of the drift towards which we called attention, in February, to a general system of mutual insurance. The women who unite in the arrangements which we have described, virtually insure themselves against the chances of sickness by a well- arranged codperative system which secures to them scientific care and medicine. * * * WINDOW-GARDENING has attracted much attention in the large cities of England. The poor people—mothers, fathers, and chil- dren—compete for the prizes which are annually offered. Within a few years the subject has been brought to notice in the United States. The Massachusetts Horticultural Society has endeavored to encourage the cultivation of flowers, and each year holds several exhi- bitions in different parts of the city of Bos- ton, at which prizes are awarded for window plants, and also for wild flowers. The soci- ety is convinced of the moral and mental improvement which must follow when the child has been aroused to a practical love and care of plants. The instruction is under the care of a committee who have the work very much at heart. They issue, free, a. pamphlet on the ‘‘Cultivation of House Plants,’’ which not only gives most excel- lent instruction for the cultivation of plants in the window, but gives a complete list of wild flowers to be found in the vicinity, and other matters of interest on the subject of plants and flowers. The committee, with a view to each child as far as possible ha zing a nucleus for a window-garden, asks that the Easter flowers for children may be changed to Easter plants. It has been proved in many instances that people, who can not be persuaded to ventilate their own rooms from the consideration of any advantage to the health of themselves or of their children, are willing to open win- dows and to change the air, when they find that their plants are dying. * * ~ THE NEIGHBORHOOD GUILD of New York City is situated in Forsyth Street, in what is commonly called the ‘‘ East Side.’’ This organization is composed of clubs of boys and girls. They meet for amusement and general usefulness. The founder is Dr. Coit, who, with the idea of Toynbee Hall of Lon- SOCIAL PROBLEMS. don in his mind, decided to make his resi- dence in this exceedingly undesirable part of the city, where, by personal contact, he could do a work otherwise impossible. Possessed of strong common-sense, which does not seem to belong to the majority of philanthropists, he began by hiring a man to clean the street for three blocks. He then fitted up the basement floor of his house for the clubs which now form the Guild. In this work he has been assisted by Mr. Storer, also a Berlin student, and several ladies and gentlemen outside, who have cheerfully con- tributed to the evening’s amusement or instruction. It is hoped there may be established a settlement of college women in this locality also. The advantages of such a system are obvious. To help poor people, we must make friends of them ; and to make friends of them effectively, we must live beside them, share their interests, make a social center of life in the neighborhood, and show them how life may be fresh, honest, happy, and attractive in the very simplest way. Miss Fine, a graduate of Smith College, has been greatly interested in this experi- ment of Dr. Coit. She is now the head of the Neighborhood Guild. She expresses herself willing to lead in just such an under- taking for women, provided money and workers are supplied for a year’s trial. It is proposed to take a small house, where Miss Fine will live and will receive other college women, two or three at a time, who will come for fixed times, according to conven- ience. They will pay board and the running expenses of the settlement outside of rent. It will be of great advantage if these women will keep on with their own private occupa- tions to a certain degree, in order to lessen the separation between them and the people around them as much as possible. But they will be expected to enter into the social life of the place and assist in the various clubs. The work is a perfectly practical one, and such work in England has been marked with success. It has been carefully thought out by wise people, and will have, without doubt, the cordial codperation of thoughtful, conscientious persons. ‘“What converts would not that man make who will gladly house with crime.’’ That is Lord Houghton’s way of putting it.

Page 97

SOCIAL PROBLEMS. THE Nationalist Club in its declaration of principles distinguishes human nature from brute nature by the brotherhood of humanity. It speaks of the principle of competition, as the ‘‘application of the brutal law of the survival of the strongest and most cunning.”’ While competition is the ruling spirit, the highest aims and development of humanity can not be realized. Such a system is con- demned, and the principle of association is substituted. The club does not propose to join hands with anarchists or socialists. It sim- ply desires to show people that that which is possible in combinations, trusts, and syn- dicates, is possible also to the whole people. There are two classes of members : active and associate. Active members include those who believe in the nationalization of industry. Associate members are those who believe in the nationalization of any special industry not already under the control of the nation. It is proposed to organize these clubs in all our cities and large towns. When a sufficient number is formed, it may then be found desirable to associate them in a Nationalist League for concerted action when necessary to further any object. The office is 9g Hamilton Place, Boston. * * * DIPSOMANIA and drunkenness are now rec- ognized as a disease. It has too long been the habit to send drunkards to insane asylums and reformatories. But when a patient recovers from a fit of drunkenness, he is no longer insane. Consequently he can no longer be detained in an insane asylum ; he is sent out neither cured nor reformed, to be recommitted at some future time—probably not far distant. Neither is the victim of such a habit a criminal to be sent to a reformatory. He is a sick man, liable to severe relapses. A bill has recently been introduced into the Massachusetts Legislature providing for the establishment of a ‘‘ Hospital for Dip- somaniacs and Commion Drunkards.’’ The reader will note that the institution is to be a ‘hospital,’ and not an ‘‘asylum.’’ The patient himself can not decide when he is 615 cured. That rests with the physicians, who have power to retain him two years if neces- sary. During the time the best medical treatment and moral influence will be thrown about him. . Statistics show that in the best private inebriate asylums many of the patients are cured. But there is no power of retention if the patient insists on leaving before a cure is effected. In a State institution, such as is projected, this difficulty will be avoided, and also means will be taken to protect the in- mate from unjust detention. A hearing on this subject was granted in February, with the probability of a favorable result. It isan experiment which needs a fair trial. The increasing evil of intemper- ance should be met by every means of cure that modern knowledge and science can suggest. Py . THE SHUT-IN SOCIETY is by no means a new organization, but its work is so hidden from the public eye that many have never heard of it. The annual statement has just been made. The society has been at work four years and has a membership of one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one in- valids, as well as seven hundred and eight associate members. The society is not a charitable organization in the usual sense of the word, and scattered as the members are, and many of them un- able to go beyond their rooms, they are not in a condition to give physical relief to the poor who call upon them. Its object is to lighten the weariness of the sick-room by placing the invalids in communication with the outside world ; by so interesting them in other people that in a measure their own sufferings are forgotten. A bright, cheery letter, a book, a box of flowers from a distance, bring with them brightness, renewed cour- age, oftentimes the first indications of return- ing health. The city of New York is the headquarters of this truly beneficent organ- ization, but the members are scattered the worldover. They are confined tono country, race, or age.

Page 98

CURIOUS collection of some half-dozen or more books have come into acci- dental conjunction this month, showing the hold oriental fancies have upon minds whose development has left them logically immature. They illustrate the point of view of the French, English, German, and Ameri- can intellect when brought to the considera- tion of the subject, curiously similar with all their dissimilarity, as are the wonder-tales of the children of all countries. ” Laurence Oliphant, who ‘‘ might have been,’’ said the Saturday Review, ‘‘ anybody, and chose to be nobody,”’ has left behind him a folio volume entitled ‘‘ Scientific Re- ligion,’’ a farrago of queer fantasies, which would be amusing from their absurdities were it not melancholy to find them the last contribution that a gifted man had to make to his kind. It is the struggle of one who, having broken with the definite dogmas of orthodoxy, has by no means cast off their domination, and who seeks to soften the out- lines of the old stern ‘‘ Thou shalt nots”’ with vague humanitarian generalizations and nebulous mysticisms. Oliphant was a man of wide learning and great natural pow- ers, but had a twist toward supernaturalism that negatived all his labors. He finally gave up his entire life to the pursuit of phantasms, and declares this book to have been written by his dead wife, whose spirit used him as the mechanical medium. What ‘Scientific Religion’’ it is prepared to sub- stitute, it is difficult to discover. The defi- nite doctrines of the Church he breaks with, but solemnly discusses the probability that ‘the giants in those days’’ before the Flood were the offspring of the sons of God, who took the daughters of man to wife. ‘* Louis Lambert’’ is scarcely more than a fragment, and the translation issued by Rob- erts Brothers is bound up with an introduc- tion by George Frederic Parsons, which is longer than the story it introduces. Balzac gathered a number of philosophic axioms which he fancied at one time he would make into a treatise on the Will, but pre- ferred eventually to use them in a study of hysteria, under the form of a story. ** Louis Lambert’’ was written in 1832, near Tours, and only after a prodigious labor which included the study of mysticism on a scale which, with any one less industri- ous than Balzac, would have been the work of a lifetime. It was a part of his scheme of the ‘‘ Comédie Humaine ”’ to describe soci- ety from top to bottom and in every phase, and it was impossible, therefore, to neglect its abnormal features. He had shown the wreck of a strong intellect through the pursuit of a fallacy in ‘‘The Alkahest,” and ‘‘ Louis Lambert’’ is intended to dis- play the working of a pure and powerful mind in a body too weak to pull the spirit down to earthly pursuits and incapable of sustaining the brain’s draft upon its vitality. Louis Lambert when he is twelve years of age meets Madame de Staél. He is the son of a tanner, dressed in rags, and reading Swedenborg’s ‘‘ Heaven and Hell”’ as he walks. The das dleue cries bluntly, ‘““Do you understand that?’’ ‘Do you pray to God?’’ asked the child. ‘‘Why—

Page 99

yes !’’ she answered. ‘‘ Do you comprehend him?’’ This answer so impressed her that she sent him to the Collége de Vendéme. The story of the sufferings, both physical and mental, of a delicate and fanciful child in a beys’ school is largely drawn from Balzac’s own experience. The story of the penniless and impractical youth’s struggle with life is even more painful, getting always further away from his kind, and seeking refuge in utter abstraction. When love seizes him at last, the ecstasy of passion un- hinges his mind, and, remaining for years in a state of semi-trance, he gives forth from time to time certain occult utterances which are preserved by his fiancée, and which con- tain much that Balzac had meditated includ- ing in his essay on the Will. The most recent of all these stadies of transcendentalism is an American book by J. P. Quincy, ‘‘ The Peckster Professorship;”’ the scenes of which are laid in Boston and Cambridge, and which alls itself an episode in the history of psychical research. The story is that of a Harvard professor who marries a rich woman and gives up the chair of osteology to found a sort of brotherhood of illuminati in Brazil, for the same old pur- pose of seeing into the future and being able to communicate directly with friends~ ata distance. The book contains a queer mixture of the cant of spiritualism and the cant of puritanism. But the four books are interesting for simultaneous and compara- tive reading. Two volumes of essays, just issued by Scribner and Houghton, Mifflin & Co., arenot only interesting through their subject matter and very unusual brilliancy of style, but for the fact that the authors have—working separately—arrived simultaneously at an important truth. ‘‘ French Traits,’’ by W. C. Brownell, appeared as a series of papers in Scribner's Magazine, and ‘‘The Soul of the Far East,’’ by Percival Lowell, also appeared in that form in the A/élantic. There has always been something inexpli- cable to the Anglo-Saxon in the French character. Bulwer frankly voiced the general sentiment of his race when he declared that ‘‘French nature was not human nature.’’ We have never been able to predicate French actions, because we have been unable to fathom their instinctive impulses; and, given certain causes, we are aghast to find them IN THE LIBRARY. 617 producing effects among the French which all our experience of life and knowledge of human nature led us to believe impos- sible. Mr. Brownell gives us the key, and shows how consistent the Gallic character really is, and these incomprehensible acts are in reality the logical outcome of the fundamental tendency of the French race, which is all toward impersonality. The root ofthe Anglo-Saxon idea is individuality. In the Frenchman this sentiment is weak— he is instinctively a social unit rather than an individual. Given this key, it is easy to understand the significance of their views upon the question of morality, their man- ners, laws, art instinct, social institutions, the position of their women, their non- sentimentality, and their political ideas. It is this impersonality, this social instinct of the French, that makes all their apparent contradictions square with one another. Mr. Brownell’s style is charming, his appreciation and discernment astonishingly keen and subtile, and his book a distinct and valuable addition to literature. In style Mr. Lowell’s book, ‘‘ The Soul of the Far East,’’ is even more brilliant, and has the added charm of sparkling with a wit that is decidedly more trenchant than Brownell’s manner of vivacious cleverness and amiability. The Japanese have been called the French of the East, and the author finds in them the same impersonality that was given as the clew to the French character, but developed here to an extraor- dinary degree. The effect is most curious, and prevents the tremendous individual and mental inequalities that prevail with us. They have no Shakespeares or Newtons, but the whole average is higher than with us. ‘The coolie laborer plays the most compli- cated form of chess as an amusement dur- ing his leisure hours, but their greatest philosopher has not yet crossed the pons asinorum, ‘They have never had a Raphael, but even the common potters and fan- painters can do work to be envied by our great painters. Even physically this lack of individuality is marked, there are none of the strongly individual faces that exist among us, and all Japanese possess the same general coloring.”’ Perhaps the most striking result of the impersonality is exemplified in the question of love between the sexes.

Page 100

618 With us the wakening of this emotion means the deepening and intensifying of our individuality, because the insatiate thirst of love is to be loved, to become valuable and sacred in the eyes of some, to find our egoism responded to and satisfied, and the accompanying emotion of jealousy is a vio- lent repugnance to the encroachment of another upon our individual possession and rights. . With the Japanese such an emotion scarcely exists. It has but small place in their literature, and almost none in real life. A Japanese would find so intensely personal a sensation unpleasant and disturbing. Instead of loving a woman he loves Nature. He never celebrates his wedding anniversary or his children’s birthday, but makes a /é/e at the annual blossoming of the peach-trees, and celebrates once a year a ‘‘ boys’ day”’ and a ‘‘ girls’ day.’’ Mr. Lowell points out that the farther west one travels the stronger grows the sense of individuality, while as progress is made eastward it fades into noth- ingness. The result has been, of course, that the development has been in diametric- ally opposite directions, and the essayist declares that ‘‘there is no action in our daily lives, however trivial, but finds with them its appropriate reaction—equal but opposite. Indeed, to one anxious to conform to the manners and customs of the country, the only road to right lies in following unswervingly that course which his inherited instincts assure him to be wrong.’’ ‘*The Truth about Clement Ker,’’ by George Fleming, is a powerful and unpleas- ant novel, written by the young woman who made a name in the literary world by the vividness and warmth of her first book, ‘*Kismet.’’ The story is a Scotch one, full of the terrible superstitions to which the stern nature of the Scotchman has ever been strangely subject. ) ‘* Shakespeare as Portrayed by Himself ”’ is another one of the futile endeavors to wrest from the text of his plays some knowl- ‘edge of the man himself. Mr. Waters en- deavors to prove that Shakespeare, in the character of Prince Hal, was telling the story of his own wild youth, which concealed so much power and such fixed purposes ; but he does not succeed in making his argu- ments very convincing. “English Life Seen Through Yankee IN THE LIBRARY. Eyes,’’ by T. C. Crawford, is in many re- spects an extremely valuable book to the untraveled. It consists of letters written by one of the most brilliant of the old staff of Washington correspondents to the New York World, and describes English life in all its phases in the manner of a journalist who has learned by long training just the sort of thing the public wishes to read. It is this instinct which leads him to give just the interesting personalities and detail that people look for in their journals, and which the writer of the book of travels invariably leaves out. A much more distinct conception of life in England can be had from this little volume than from anything else short of a personal visit. In the two volumes of the collected poems of Emma Lazarus, recently issued by Houghton, Mifflin & Co., containing an excellent portrait of the gifted and too early dead Jewess, and prefaced by a sympathetic and interesting study of her life and work, the born translator is revealed. Indeed, the reader, under the spell of her English ren- dering of De Musset’s ‘‘ Nuit de Mai,”’ ‘“‘Alchari’s Love Song,’’ among the trans- lations from the Hebrew, and her version of one of Heine’s ballads, is tempted to deplore * that so obvious and unusual a gift was neglected in the labor of writing poetical dramas, for which her fitness is far less evi- dent. Reading her version of De Musset line for line with the original, one perceives no loss by the change of medium, and while not attempting literalness, it is yet found to be surprisingly faithful and exact. This regret is felt all the more when the final decision must he that, pure and beautiful as is Emma Lazarus’ style, full and rich her gift of expression, there is yet wanting in all her own work the quality of life. The two volumes will be read by her friends, and per- haps by those of her own race who will be moved by the passion awakened in her heart and her verse by their centuries of wrong; but while her translations should, and probably will be, included in all collec- tions of English renderings of foreign verse, her own work is little like to achieve longev- ity, undoubtedly not immortality. Her fluent gift of words and expression made her emi- nently fit to convey the thoughts of others; but in her original verse she gives forth only her own individuality, and it is not a typical

Page 101

IN THE LIBRARY. one. When the real poet tells his sorrows and joys, the heart of his hearer is stirred with the voice of his own woe and delight ; it is that which moves him, not the poet’s pangs or pleasures. ‘‘Heartsease and Rue’”’ is the title of Lowell’s last volume of verses, a cleanly, Quaker-clad volume in gray and white, in which has been collected poems of occasion, album verses, threnodies of dead friends dropping away from the ranks of his gen- eration, epigrams, epitaphs—the last few golden leaves that flutter down from the poet’s tree at the end of the autumn. Many of the verses are only of value as the least, unimportant word of great men is to be treasured ; but his ‘‘ To Agassiz,’’ the ‘‘ En- dymion,’’ and ‘‘The Lesson,’’ are among the noblest things the world has ever had from his pen.- This—from the ‘‘ Agassiz”’ —coming from an old man, is as pathetic as Dr. Holmes’ story of his emotion, during his last visit in Engiand, on finding he could no longer see or hear the lark singing in the blue: ——‘‘ Truly this life is precious to the root, And good the feel of grass beneath the foot ; To lie in buttercups and clover blooms, Tenants in common with the bees, And watch the white clouds drift through gulfs of trees, Is better than long waiting in the tomb ; Only once more to feel the coming spring As the birds feel it when it bids them sing ; Only once more to see the moon, Through leaf-fringed abbey-arches of the elms, Curve her mild sickle in the west, Sweet with the breath of haycocks, were a boon Worth any promise of soothsayer realms, Or casual hope of being elsewhere blest ; To take December by the beard, * * * the long evening ends Lingered by cozy chimney nooks, With high companionship of books, Or slippered talk of friends, And sweet habitual looks, Is better than to stop the ears with dust . Too soon the specter comes to say, ‘ Thou must ! The ‘‘ Endymion ”’ is the voice of the world-old cry of man, who will have his goddess come down from her altar to his arms, and weeps that through her answer to his prayer she has robbed him of his deity. John Vance Cheney’s ‘‘ Wood Blooms’”’ is one of those acts of petty literacy which ' de- 619 serve no severer penalty than the fine of neglect, or a sentence to thirty eons on the Island of Oblivion. Among the graver books of the month is a collection into one large volume of John Fiske’s lectures, given in the University Club Theater of this city, in March, 1886, and isa study of ‘‘ The Critical Period of American History,’’ which extends from the close of the Revolution to the adoption of the Federal Constitution. The book is characterized by all the qualities of elegance and lucidity of style, wide research, and clear vision of the really important elements of the situation which make Professor Fiske’s historical studies so important and valuable. ‘* Portfolio Papers,’’ by Philip Gilbert Hamerton, is a collection of the papers con- tributed by him to the Porffolio, an English art serial of which he is the editor. In the Scribner’s valuable ‘‘ Epoch of His- tory’’ series the latest issue is Osmund Airy’s ‘‘English Restoration and Louis XIV.,’’ which is an examination into the causes why the English struggle for liberty was successful, and the French uprising in the Fronde failed. It contains also what is probably the truest and justest study of the work and character of Mazarin ever made. Primarily to Richelieu, Mazarin’s teacher, was due perhaps the quenching of the flame of popular revolt in France. In England very many of the powerful nobles were on the people’s side, and aided greatly in their victory ; while in France, Richelieu had sent these to the block, when they would not bend to his purposes, and there was left no aristocratic barrier between the masses and the crown's tyranny. It is in a way very Gallic, very characteristically French, that their great but impotent struggle for representation and liberty should have been known by the slang name of a pea-shooter. Did any one ever sit down to reckon over the number of /ovable women to be found in famous books? In the first flush of the sug- gestion the inclination would be to rashly assert that there were hundreds, and yet a careful review of all the great classics of fic- tion will yield but the meagerest sort of list. Grand, good, noble, beautiful, heroic women in plenty, but not more than one or two here and there who can be instantly and incon- trovertibly declared to be lovable. Lady Castlewood, Bella Wilfer, Esther Summer- -

Page 102

620 son, Aurora Nancanou, in ‘‘The Grandis- simes’’—-the last the most lovable woman in fiction perhaps. But it is difficult to think of any companions forthem. Perhaps this is because a woman to be quite lovable must be humorous, not always consciously so, but still humorous. All Shakespeare’s com- edy women have this quality and they are adorable; count them over. Beatrice, Rosa- lind, Viola, Mistresses Ford and Page, Kath- erine the Shrew. No one in commenting upon Abbey’s beautiful book of illustrations of ‘‘Old Songs,’’ published during the holi- days by the Harpers, has pointed out that he has created a whole bookful of these very same lovable women, of whom the novelists have been so grudging. For his pictures are as genuine creations as any brought to life in words. Can any one ever hear the name of Barbara Allen again with- out seeing this tall, haughty, white-throated damsel, or think Jemmy Grove aught but a stark fool for going out of a world where such women grew? Will not the name of Jenny always bring to mind the gay little wench running away with Jockey tothe fair? And the moon-faced, mild-eyed Sally of our Alley, naughty Phillida, and Nelly, in truth a heart’s delight; perhaps dearest of them all the pitiful little maid who ‘‘ Early One Morning ’’ bewailed a false love—all of them are women whom the beholder will never forget. So roguish are they, so soft and white, so merry and pretty and young, that the only consistent attitude before them is on one knee with both hands to one’s left side. Every one of Abbey’s other claims to public gratitude in this volume has been already noted, the technical achievements, the historical accuracy in costume, the pretty fancifulness and other virtues it were tedious to enumerate ; but what are all these trifles beside the great boon of a whole bookful of such exquisite, lovable women ? BOOKS RECEIVED. From George W. Dillingham : ‘** Alone,’’ Marion Harland. ‘‘ Thou Shalt Not,’’ Anonymous. Belford, Clarke & Co. : ‘“Twixt Love and Law,’’ Annie Jenness Miller. Ticknor & Co.: ‘*The Desmond Hundred,”’ Jane G. Aus- IN THE LIBRARY. tin. ‘‘A Woman of Honor,’ H. C. Bun- ner. ‘‘A Daughter of Eve,’’ Author of ‘Margaret Kent.’’ ‘‘ Steadfast,’’ Rose Terry Cooke. ‘‘ His Two Wives,’’ Mary Clemmer. ‘*The Nun of Kenmare,’’ Sister Mary Fran- cis Clare. Frank F, Lovell & Co.: ‘*Miss Eyon, of Eyon Court,’’ Katherine S. Macquoid. ‘‘Hartas Maturin,’”’ H. F. Lester. ‘‘ English Life,’’ T. C. Crawford. Cassell & Co. : J ‘*The Painter of Parma,’’ Sylvanus Cobb, r. Roberts Bros. : ‘‘The Truth about Clement Ker,’’ George Fleming. ‘‘Louis Lambert,” from the French of Balzac, by K. P. Wormeley. ‘*The Story of Realmah,’’ Arthur Helps. Scribner's Sons : ‘‘Dreams and Dream Stories,’’ A. Kings- ford. ‘‘ French Traits,’’ W. C. Brownell. Rand, McNally & Co. : ‘‘The Maddoxes,’’ Jean Middlemass. ‘* Marriage and Divorce,’’ Ap. Richard and David Swing. Frederick Stokes and Brother : ‘Wood Blooms,’’ John Vance Cheney. White & Allen : ‘* The Fifty Pleasant Stories of Patronio,”’ of Don Juan Manuel. Cupples & Hurd : ‘Poems of Pushkin,’’ translated by Ivan Panin. ‘‘Nine Years in Nippon,’’ Henry Faulds. ‘‘ Tempted of the Devil,’’ from the German of August Becker. ‘‘ Last Chance Junction,’’ Sally Pratt McLean. ‘‘ How Men Propose,’’ collected by Agnes Stevens. Charles A. Neuborne : ‘‘Scientific Religion,’’ Laurence Oliphant. Henry Holt : ‘*A Stiffnecked Generation,’ L. B. Wal- ford. G. P. Putnam’s Sons : ‘* Spanish Ballads,’’ Lockhart. Harper Brothers : ‘*Modern Science in Danson. FHloughton, Mifflin & Co.: ‘*The Peckster Professorship,’ J. P. Quincy. ‘‘ The Critical Period of American History,’’ John Fiske. ‘‘ Heartsease and Rue,’”’ J. R. Lowell. ‘‘Poems of Emma Lazarus.’”’ ‘‘ Ancient Rome,’’ Rudolfo Tan- ciani. ‘‘ The Soul of the Far East,’’ Percival Lowell. Bible lLands,’’

Page 103

. ~ # . x . - . bi hs ‘ . = nba : ‘ ij , t . 4 = 7 . . * . oh . : ee . ¢ : x a i i . ‘ cs . . x s . . . » ‘ ; , . : . . . s ' : . we A 7

Page 104

Page 105

Vol. VL, No. 6. ; ~ \PRIL, 1889... Froptispiece. (Sir Jonn A, Macponaxp. £ Drawn by V. GRIBAYE Canadian Legislature. (With Portraits and five Drawings.) w. BLACKB HARTE... 519 New York in 1789. (Illustrated by BEARD.) CHARLES E. The Real George Washington. '_ FRANK G. CAR My Breach of Trust. (A Story.) / Illustrated. ae E. HERON The Nihilists of New York. — ERIAN YEDOFF 557 Wu Chih Tien. N Part III. Iltu by Dan Bearp, f in Chinese Art.) WONG CHIN FOO..... 564 How! and Why. (Poem. ARD H. STODDARD, 572 Birds. (Part II. I OUIDA” From the Sea to the (Part II. Illustrated.) / BRE voc is vereccson saspones 576 _ DAVID : The Great Agitation. F . Southern Abolitionists. ; MON RE D; CONWAY An Underground (Iliastrated.) , CHARLES PELHAM-CLINTON...-. 590 A Spring Evening. JJ SUSAN H. SWETT---- 597 Edison. *, His Work . (Tustrated.) 3 HO TO 598 Her Lorghette. (P FANNIE A. MATTHEWS.. 608 An April Cloud... ) ARIEL SIEGFRIED The Nightcaps and Bey. VON SCHIERBRAND Social Problems. EDWARD EVERETT HALE In the Library. ®t ETH BISLAND Brissen

Page 106

IMPORTANT NEW BOOKS. R a m | n p t 0 ni NIMS & KNIGHT, Publishers The Woman’s San as told by Twenty ST AND ARD American Women, With portraits and sketches of the authors by, Laura C. Hotioway, author of “ Ladies bf White House,” etc., etc. 1 vol., 12mo, $1.50. saaex Omnium. Being a Reference Hook designed for the use of students and professional men, on a plan intended to save time and facilitate access to knowledge acquired by reading and study. By T. E. Suyetps, No title can com- mf convey to the reader an idea of | the value of this By a simple and ing d of i ing, the results of wide reading and study can be ae and made available for future use. Todd’s Index Rerum and other books have attempted this, but the outlay of time and labor has been so great that few 7 ne have ever perse- vered in their use. By an -— {~ t outlay of labor the student can secure any item of knowledge he may wish to preserve, If properly used it will grow to be a key that will unlock the secrets of every library. x .vol., quarto, 356 pages, made from best ledger Peper, and bound in sub- stantial half leather binding and c es, $4.50 Studies in Architecture at ome and Abroad, 20 photo-gravure plates, fen etn By C. D. Arnotp. 1 vol., quarto, tied Pee ri ribbon $2.50. Through David's Realm, ‘A Book y Land By Rev. E. S. DeG, Tompxins, Wik over 200 illustrations of Palestine scenery from sketches by the author. The numerous illustrations to this book are very cleverly drawn, comprising landscapes, figures, street scenes, architecture, etc. will reproduced by a 2 similar process to that used in Daudet's ‘* Tartarin on the Alps,” and with a new and novel style of binding cannot fail to rere one ey most attractive books of the year. 1 vol., r2mo, cloth, $2.50. apleat Conanere. Mission Sketches—Santa Barbara, Sketches or Cincinnati, July 25s, 88. Highest apeed on legal work. the old Santa Barbara Mission, where aregathered the Fran- New York, Aug, 2, '88, Highest on correspondence. ciscan Friars. A series of ten plates from sketches by Mrs. ToronTo, Aug. 15, 88. (Internationa Tournament for World’s K. S. Torrey, including a descriptive introduction, ‘x vol., Championship.) ist and 2d Prizes, business correspond- small quarto, 744x734 inches, torchon cover, illuminated ence. 1st and 2d Prizes, legal testimony (geld and chew title on side, $1.00. medals), Send for circular and price-list. For sale by booksellers, or will be sent by the publishers, WYCKOFF, SEAMANS & BENEDICT, $27 Broadway, N.Y. ost or express paid, on-receipt of the price. THE CHEQUE BANK, Limitep. ESTABLISHED, IN LONDON, 1873. CuHIgEF OFFICE: 4 WATERLOO PLACE, PALL MALL, LONDON. | ey § THE RIGHT HONORABLE JOHN BRIGHT, M,P., * ) THE RIGHT HONORABLE EARL BEAUCHAMP. Bankers: BANK OF ENGLAND. The Capital of the Bank, in addition to its Guarantee Fund of 50%, is invested’ in Government Securities. The Bank does not discount Notes or Bills, nor speculate ; but loans its deposits against Govern- ment Securities, thus making the CHEQUE. BANK Cheques E UAL TO CASH—as Bank of England Notes are, only safer, for they cannot be cashed until signed. The Bank issues Cheques in amounts from ONE POUND upwards, either singly or put up in Books, as required, for the use of TRAVELERS, or for those enepng money to Europe or any part of the World. The Cheques can be cashed on presentation, without charge, in every Town in Great Britain or Ireland ; in every Town in Europe ; and everywhere else in the World. The CHEQUE BANK Cheques are much cheaper to remit than Post-Office Money Orders. TRAVELERS VISITING THE PARIS EXHIBITION THIS SUMMER can get the CHEQUE BANK Cheques CASHIED at 70 Banking Houses in all parts,of Paris. TRAVELERS holding CHeque Bank Cheques can have their mail-matter addressed to them, care of the CHEQUE BANK, London, who will fake charge of the same, and forward to any address. For Hand-Book containing List 6f upwards of 2000 of the principal Banking Houses throughout the World, who cash CHEQUE BANK Cheques on presentation, and for all information, apply to THE AGENCY, ; Cheque Bank, Limited, United Bank Building, E. J. MATHEWS & COMPANY, American Agents. 2 Wall Street, New York. REFERENCES BY PERMISSION : JOHN W. MACKAY, Esq., President Commercial Cable Company, Mackay-Bennett Cables, New York. F, O, FRENCH, Eq President Manhattan Trust Company, New York.; and others.

Page 107

Page 108

Page 109

i ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. 1 § ’ THE COSMOPOLITAN “ At its price, the brightest, most waried, and best edited of the magazines.”—New York Times. MHE COSMOPOLITAN aims to *\ be an eminently popular magazine =* upon the broadest possible basis. It is untrammeled by any traditions or standards. It proposes to furnish a strong and wholesome illustrated monthly, sprightlier than its older comrades, and alert to all opportun- ities for increasing its attractions. Timely topics will constitute its chief materials, and every part of the world will contribute to its sym- metry. Distinguished writers and clever artists of both hemispheres are working for it. Of several series now in progress, the most important is the following: ee * * * * THE GREAT AGITATION is the title of the most important course of papers ever produced in THe CosmorpoLtiran—upon the Anti-Slavery movement, and the epoch-making scenes connected with it. The articles will be by the surviving leaders of the Abolition and Pro-Slavery Causes, and by those intimately associated with the contest on both sides. The series will form a complete history of that momentous struggle, consisting of about twelve articles. Moncure D. Conway begins the subject in this number. Oliver Johnson, the last of the group who formed, with William Lloyd Garrison, the first Anti-Slavery Society, will write for the next number upon “ Early Anti-Slavery Societies.”

Page 110

THE COSMOPOLITAN.

FORTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE CO. Office: Nos. 346 & 348 Broadway, New York. TANUARYT a, 1880. Amount of Net Assets, Jamuary 1, 1888........... 1. ccc cece ceeeee ec eeeeeee 6 cee ... $79,912,317.17 REVENUE ACCOUNT.

OS, ok No edebad bid bode te veriacescache saeco $22,301,931.11 Less deferred premiums, January 1, 1888.... -.. ++ %5174,340.36— $21,127,590.75 Interest and rents, etc.. . = de bas can 4,702, 169.67 Less interest accrued January 1, Beco, = 488,477-59— 4,273,692.08— $25,401,282.83 $105,313,600.00 DISBURSEMENT ACCOUNT. hammer’ by death, and endowments matured and discounted (including reversionary additions to

RS LE Se ag ee ee ae seis bug ace bile gemsabladveiela <6 enssentes $5,425,926.78 Dividends (including mortuary Seen, annuities, and waenees insurances. ae 5»5479143-27 Total paid IN <4 6 ok <an Uy nq de'cawaenn ‘x66 5000 ka lacaee "$10,973: 070. 05 a eo Ol ai we cuusapancs. , ovens’ 303,062.84 Commissions (including advanced and commuted commissions), brokerages, agency expenses, Se Ne a Leeds ov diac <anlebemeeeehebsseseite 3.558,440.80 Office and law expenses, salaries, advertising, GER, Us te ses ceandbenesn dene 4 enaes 654,690.12— $15,489,263.81 $89,824,336.19 ASSETS. rs i i OE. J. A ic coc ecnebeoeesepecedeesante @vonse éevcesuce $3,595,836.94 United States Bonds and other bonds and stocks (market value, $58,222,751.94)........-0..---0 54,506,901.58 eg are aE is kale i sabes Vase ba duper veeeomaricee © .onesp 9,308, 152.08 Bonds and mortgages, first lien on real estate (buildings thereon insured for $13,800,000 and the policies assigned to the Company as additional collateral security)................-..2..4+- 16,966,932.50 Temporary loans (market value of securities held as collateral, $2,144,670). 1,676,250.00 *Loans on existing policies (the reserve on these policies, included in liabilities, amounts to over ee ee eee es 378,874.10 *Quarterly and semi- annual premiums on existing policies, due subsequent to Jan. 3 t, 1889, beneas 1,435,734-86 *Premiums on existing policies in course of transmission and collection (the reserve on these policies, included in liabilities, is estimated at $1,500,000) , siwavdlandadette i960 thghtees 1,045,089.46 ee eRe eee 28 DAE EL Pedy koe cocpeunsdes geben ov een Pre 298,959.43 Accrued interest on investments, January 1 ‘ , 1889. . Pe tans Koohealadar bute 451,605.24— $89,824, 336.1 Market value of securities over cost value on Company’ s books... . . 3,655,850. *A detailed schedule of these items will accompany the usual ~~ teats filed with the Sentnesee partment of the State of New TOTAL ASSETS, January 1, 1889, - «© « + «+ + £§898,460,166.56 Appropriated as follows:

Os on ck cblpdebae (eedbevesedaceowioesesbéee $555,555.62 I, FSO Sn, ok sid c nn cases oObgb opcese eNuhe esoeesenenesge 302,964.77 Matured endowments, due and unpaid (claims not presented)... ..... 2... 0... ee cee ee cen ewe eens 56,511.88 Annuities due and unpaid (claims not presented)...... ..... ...sscseecceceesesencerssececeves 26,865.69 Reserved for re-insurance on existing policies; at the Actuaries’ table 4 per cent. interest...., . 78,985,757-00 Reserved for contingent liabilities to Tontine Dividend Fund, January 1, 1888, over and above a 4 per cent. reserve on —- policies of that class ........ $5,315,720.83 Addition to the fund during 1888... .. Lan tas ENS AS EE Ay © Re De oe _2,043.665.84 DEDUCT— , $7,359.386.67 Returned to Tontine policy-holders during the year on matured Tontines........ 935,609.54 re os one icncneeeeed rob sane shcchbecenes bnkepenne 6,423-777-13 MOSSE VSR FOF HYOMINIIND PANE TE MAVONCE. ....n 606. sce sees cs cape cidace coscee Sees we esccceceee 46,504.21 $86,397,936.30 Divisible Surplus (Company’s new Standard)..................-... 6. sss. 7,082,250.25 : $93,480,186.55 Surplus by the New York State Standard (including the Tontine Fund)....... 13,500,000.00 From the undivided surplus, as above, the Board of Trustees have declared a reversionary dividend to participating policies in proportion to their contribution to surplus, available on settlement of next annual premium, RETURNS TO NEW POLICIES POLICY-HOLDERS. INSURANCE IN FORCE. ASSETS. ISSUED. | SS $7,627,230 Jan. 1, 1887... .$304,373,540 an. 1, 1887..... $75,421,453 Sis sasecs 22,027 See 9,535,210 omy 1, 1888.... 358,935,536 an. 1, 1888..... 83,079, 845 SRR 28,522 saree 10,973,070 an. 1, 1889... 419,886,505 an. 1, 1889..... 93, 480,1 TOU oies: ives 33,334 Number of policies issued during the year, 33,334. Risks assumed, $125,.019,731. Total number of policies in force January 1, 1889, 129,911. Amount at risk, $419,886,505.

TRUSTEES. WILLIAM H. APPLETON, ALEX, STUDWELL, JOHN N. STEARNS, WILLIAM H. BEERS, ELIAS S. HIGGINS, ‘WM. L. STRONG, WILLIAM A. BOOTH, WALTER H. LEWIS, Ww. F. BUCKLEY, HENRY BOWERS, EDWARD MARTIN, HENRY TUCK, JOHN CLAFLIN, RICHARD MUSER, A. H. WELCH, ROBERT B. COLLINS, Cc. C. BALDWIN, L. L. WHITE. WILLIAM H. BEERS, President. THEODORE M., BANTA, Cashier. HENRY TUCK, Vice-President. A. HUNTINGTON, M.D., Medical Director. ARCHIBALD H. WELCH, 24 Vice-President. RUFUS W. WEEES, Actuary.

Page 111

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. G6, het. aeotts No longer can disturbing doubt On young conviction trample; When everything you talk about Is argued from example. Stull, if a landau now ‘and then Saves one the bore of walking, Why, what's the use of logic, when Example does the talking? ‘* Drs. Starkey & Pacen, Dear Sirs: Iam satisfied that ‘*Drs, Srarkey & Pacen, Dear Sirs: I most cordially Compound Oxygen has been of incalculable benefit to my recommend your Home Treatment to all persons suffering wife, who has suffered for years with severe attacks of neural- | from nervous prostration or general debility, neuralgia, and gia.” Rev. H, F, CHREITYBERG. sick headache ; indeed, I would say, all chronic diseases.” Chester, S.C. Utica, Miss,, July 18, 1888, Mrs, Tuos, H, Lewis. “Drs. Starkey & Paven, Dear Sirs: Mrs. Crity, my iaughter, has suffered very greatly from nervous prostration “ Drs, STARKEY & PaALen, Dear Sirs: I thank God that I for nine years, and has lately been using the Compound Oxy- | ever began the use of Compound Oxygen, for it has helped gen recommended by Judge Harris, of Athens, and has been | meso much. I cheerfully recommend Compound Oxygen to very much benefited ; mostly by being strengthened.” any one with lung trouble.” Mrs, R, L, METCALF. S. P. RICHARDSON, Greenfield, Ill., October 1, 1888. Presiding Elder of Athens District, N, G, Conference. Athens, Ga., July 29, 1888 “Drs. Starkey & Paven, Dear Sirs: I take pleasure in _ ** Drs, Starkey & PaLen, Dear Sirs: I was induced bya stating that my daughter, who for almost all her hfe has friend to try your Compound Oxygen Treatment, The result | suffered from bronchial asthma, has received decided benefit vas marvelous. 1 will always recommend Compound Oxy- | from the Compound Oxygen Treatment of Drs. Starkey & gen as the greatest vitalizing agent known, for I certainly feel | Palen, of Philadelphia, The benefit received in her case that it has prolonged my life.” Mrs, E, H. Henperson. | warrants me in saying to sufferers in a similar way that they would do well to investigate for themselves.” No, 331 Decatur St., Brooklyn, N. Y., June 4, 1888. | Columbus, Ga., August 13, 1888. Jonn J. Mason, M.D. Drs. STARKEY & Pa.en’s office records—which are always open for inspection—show over 45,000 different cases during the past twenty years, in which their Compound Oxygen Treatment has been used by physicians in their practice, and by invalids independently Every patient of Drs. Starkey & PALEN reports from time to time, and in this way they are enabled—not only to keep an accurate record of each case—but to provide, free of charge, supplementary aid to accelerate the action of their Compound Oxygen Treatment whenever it is needed. he fact of your becoming a patient of Drs. Srarkgy & PaLten means that they believe they can benefit you, for they vastly prefer to tell you before hand that their Compound Oxygen Treatment will do you no good, than to have you discover this ifterwards. Sometimes, in the face of disease that has been neglected until nothing short of a miracle will avail, Drs. STARKEY & PaLen are obliged to admit that their Compound Oxygen Treatment is powerless. But, fortunately, this is not often the case, or else they would have stepped down and out long since. If you have the ghost of a chance the Compound Oxygen Treatment will put body to it, and briefly—you get well, If you want to know more about the Compound Oxygen Treatment send to Drs. Srakkey & PALEN for their Brochure of 200 pages. This publication contains a record of result in the Compound Oxygen Treatment in cases of consumption, asthma, bronchitis, dyspepsia, catarrh, hay fever, headache, debility, nervous prostration, neuralgia, rheumatism, and all chronic and nervous disorders. A Address Drs. STARKEY & PALEN, No. 1529 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pa.; 331 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, Cal.; 58 Church Street, Toronto, Canada.

Page 112

THE COSMOPOLITAN. This engraving, 14x19 inches, large size, for framing, will be furnished FREE to purchasers of Houcu & Forp’s Shoes. Have the dealer from whom you purchase your shoes send your name and address to HouGH & Forp, Manufacturers of Fine Shoes, Rochester, New York, and we will send the engraving, postage paid.

Page 113

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. II Silks for Tennis Wear The Novelty, this Spring, for Ladies’ jes’ and. Misses’ ‘Tennis Suits and for Gentlemen’s Tennis Shirts is a Silk that can be washed, without injury to fabric or color. These Silks, 24 and 32 inches wide, are made in plain colors, in checks or in delicate stripes, at $1.00 to $1.50 per yard. For those who prefer to wear Flannels, we have several lines of fine Scotch and French Fancy Tennis Flannels, from 35 to 60 cents per yard, in stripes and figures designed for this season. James McCreery & Co., Broadway and 11th St., New York. (LOOK !! Do you use aque- uct Ywater? If 80, ou should have t filtered. Germs ef Disease are more readily trans- mitted through water than we other medium. e AT THIS 243 Franklin St. coo 2D-BYE, Bx Mp eileen Ks, vd perimentsin @RAND NATIONAL PRIZE OF 16,600 FRANCS, NWA LAROCy “ LAROCHE’S TONIC, CONTAINING PERUVIAN BARK, IRON, AND PURE CATALAN WINE. Endorsed by the Medical Faculty of Paris, and used with entire success in the Hospitals for the cure of Malaria, Indigestion, Fever and Ague, Loss of Appetite, and Poorness of Blood. PARIS: 22 Rue Drouot. E. FOUGERA & C0., Agents for U.S., 30 North William Street, N. ¥. ANDREWS M’F'G COMPANY Beg to announce that they have re- moved their business to 76 FIFTH AVENUE, near | 4th Street, where they will continue to carry a line of their IMPROVED FOLDING BEDS, which also are for sale by all Furniture Dealers. Soliciting from their old Pa- trons, and from the Public generally, a continuance of past favors, They remain, respectfully, ANDREWS M’F’C COMPANY. New York, Fes. 1st, 1889. STEVENSVILLE MILLS. IMPEROYAL vee ae om M. D. STEVENS’ SOLE MANUFACTURER OF * IMPEROYAL VACUUM. O¢ Cookxp ‘i = ~ o Ss s - 2 > = z _ > aa od ‘™ 4 % =s NEES 45 = ree a" . ONE MINUTE IN PREPATATION. IMPEROYAL IMPEROYAL VACUUM COOKED GRIDDLE CAKE HOMINY. FLOUR. Recommended by Eminent Physicians and Chemists. (2 Adapted to all kinds of Pastry, Bread, Biscuit, Griddle Cakes, etc., and its absolute purity and freedom from Alum, Terra Alba or any. injurious ingredient, makes it a necessity in every household, No lady can afford to be without it. Sold by best Grocers, mM DD. STEVENS, Room 18, Mercantile Bxchange, Cor. Hudson & Harrison Sts., NEW YORE.

Page 114

12 THE COSMOPOLITAN. TURMERIC I8 A DYE. PACKAGE COPY ANALYSIS. Strs: October 18, 1888, I have examined samples of ‘‘Schepp’s Royal Cocoanut Pudding Preparation and also of the ** Condensed Cocoanut Pudding,” manufactured by the Unadulterated Food Pro- ducers, both purchased by myself. I find the latter product entirely free from coloring matter, while Schepp’s Pudding Preparation is colored with turmeric. Respectfully yours, E. G. Lova, Ph.D., Analytical and Consulting Chemist, New York City. Nore.—Prot E. G, Love was appointed by the U. S, Govern- ment to examine and report upon the various baking powders. | A Skin of Beauty is a Joy Forever. PURIFIES AS WELL AS Pe —_-Bealltifies the Sk i No other cosmeti DR. T. FELIX GOURAUD’S Oriental Cream, or Magical Beautifier. Removes Tan, Pim- les, Freckles, Moth- atches, Rash and Skin diseases, and every gm blemish on beauty, and defies detection. It has stood the test of 37 ears, and is so harm- ess we taste it to be sure the preparation is properly made. Accept no counterfeit of sim- ilar name. The distin- guished Dr. L. A. Sayre said to a lady of 4 the hawt ton(a patient) : P : a ‘As you ladies will use them, I recommend ‘Gouraud’s Cream’ as the least harmful of all the Skin preparations.” One bottle will last six months, using it every day. Also Poudre Subtile removes superfluous hair without injury to the skin. FERD. T. HOPKINS, Manager, 48 Bond St., running through to Main Office, 37 Great Jones St., N. Y. For sale by all Druggists and Fancy Goods Dealers through- out the U.S., Canadas and Europe, Also found in N. Y, City at R. H. Macy’s, Stern’s, Ehrich’s, Ridley’s and other Fancy Goods Dealers. s#@~ Beware of base imitations. $1000 Re- ward for arrest and proof of any one selling the same. Hh HOUSEHOLD NECESSARIES. No Home can afford to be without them. Ask your local dealers for them. Heap’s Patent Inodorous Earth Closet. This cut represents the Bedroom Commode which is the cheapest ever offered to the public. The upper portion or back is the Earth or Ash Reservoir. The lower portion beneath the seat contains a Galvanized Iron Pail which receives the excreta, which can be removed at will without offence to either sight or smell. The urine does not come in contact with the Foecal Matter, but is received in a separate Price, from $18 upward. THE ‘‘ HEAP PATENT ” porcelain receptacle which should be removed and emptied daily. operates the same as a water closet, with pull-up handle, or can be had self-acting. USE. AWARDED 16 FIRST PRIZE MEDALS. Send 6c for 24-page Illustrated Catalogue of, Earth Closets; 5c for ‘‘ Healthy Homes: How to Have Them,” 36 pages valuable information; FREE, ‘‘ Medical Uses of the Sitz and Foot Bath.” HEAP’S PATENT EARTH CLOSET CO., MUSKEGON, MICH. Depots in Principal Cities. Depot for New York City, SARGENT MFG. CO., 814 Broadway, Philadelphia, F. A. BURGER, 21 North 6th Street, Down-town Depot. West Philadelphia, 4123 Powelton Ave., cor. 42d Street. Boston, LEACH & GREENE, 165 Tremont St. St. Louis, A. S. ALOE & CO., 2d & Olive Sts. Mention THE CosMOPULITAN in your letter when you write. This closet BEDROOM SANITARY CONVENIENCE. The lid is raised in this cut to show arms, seat, and reservoir, in which to keep a supply of dry earth or ashes. on inside of the door is the PATENT ENAMELED Urine Separating Receptacle, which, when the door is closed, comes in the proper place to receive the urine, and prevents any noxious gases being generated. MECHANISM for distributing the deodorant, the person using it merely spreading the earth with a scoop for that purpose. is the only perfect EARTH CLOSET made. The door is open to show excrement pail. Hooked It is the earth closet WITHOUT ANY Price $8 to $13. Over 23,000 NOW IN

Page 115

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. 13 ~ Information that we all want. For the benefit of ourselves or our friends : To know that all the troubles of Spring com- | plaints can be relieved quicker by Murdock’s | Liquid Food than by all other preparations known, as it will make blood faster, and new biood will cleanse the system of disease. 12 oz. Liquid Food will make equal to 8 per cent.in weight and strength weekly. The results obtained at our Free Surgical Hospital for Women— 114 beds, and every bed free, including operations—confirm our claim, as there have been between 2,000 and 3,000 patients, repre- senting 90 distinct classes of operations, with only 22 deaths, and we operate every week in the year. During the summer months most of the surgical hospitals for women in the United States are closed, the surgeons being unwilling to operate on account of the high rate of mortality, but by the use of Murdock’s Liquid Food and Suppositories, before and after an operation, we build up the | patient so much as to make it safe to operate, and gives a rapid recovery, shown By the last 7 months’ work, our operations numbering about 500, with but two deaths. The women who have been operated on have suffered from 1 to 24 years, and were under medical treatment most of the time. Many of them, brought in on their own beds, some in such condition from septic abscesses and similar troubles,that we had to burn their beds, by remaining 20 or 40 days they were restored to health. e have had some ot the severest cases known insurgery The women recover their health and strength and are restered to usetul- ness; all gain in weight, some cases 45 pounds in 16 weeks, 25 pounds in 6 weeks, 35 pounds in 30 ‘this case had 5 operations) weeks, Our women are in the hospital an average of 8 days prior to and of 26 days after operation. To make this average, one remained 14 months, one 8 months, several 5 months, etc. Our patients come from all sections, from the Provinces, and from the United States as far South as Texas, West as Nebraska, North as Minnesota, and the Middle and New England States, all of whom we are proud to refer to, as many Of them had been treated or rejected by other hospitals; and we pride ourselves on having not only the largest but the best equipped surgical hospita! in the United States for women, in sanitary, heating, and ventilating faciilties, and is so acknowledged by all surgeons and physicians that visit us. In Massachusetts our Liquid Food is a household bottle ; for the good it has done the women of Massachusetts that have been operated on, their friends see and realize that it must do as much for their families, old and young, that are suffering and need local treatment, as new blooc will cleanse the system of disease. MURDOCH UIOVUID FOoOoDWD co. BOSTON. — The 1060 women received from Massachusetts —to whom we can refer—came from 120 cities and towns. Any physician or surgeon that doubts these facts our Record Books will soon convince of the truth of what we claim. Our Hospital is open to their inspection, and we are pleased to have them bring or send us any patients they may have needing an operation, and have him present at the same. We will forward our Annual Reports, aiso Essays read on our Liquid Food before the American Medical Association, and British Medical Association, etc., if advised. No Essay was ever read on Raw Food Prepara- tions before any Society except on Murdock’s Liquid Food. MOTHERS, If your baby does not thrive, never change its food, 1 LIKE IT. | WANT IT. but add five or more drops at each feeding of Murdock’s Liquid Food, and its lost or needed vitality will be restored in less than thirty days. It is invaluable when you are weaning the baby, or when it is teething. If you will take one teaspoonful to a tablespoonful yourself before each meal and on retiring, you will receive as much nefit as the baby. HOT -WATER ATING. : b THE SPENCE HEATER. Send for Pamphlet : | ** Heating by Hot Water Circulation.”’ NATIONAL HOT WATER HEATER CO., | 191 Fort Hill Sq., 41 S. Canal St., BOSTON. CHICACO. MAGEE’S BOSTON HEATER FURNACE. Great care should be exercised in the selection of heating apparatus. A geod furnace is a blessing, but a poor one isa | curse. Examine the Magee furnaces or send for a circular and read what the users think of them, before you buy any other heating apparatus, and you will not regret having read this advertisement. : Magee Ranges have a world-wide fame, and are universally acknowledged to be the best in use. Used by all Segen cooking schools throughout the country. Miss Parloa says : “The Magee fulfills every requirement for the most exacting work. Isa quick,sure, and even baker, economical with fuel, and I always use and recommend it to others as the best cook- ing apparatus.”” Over 10,000 Magee Ranges were sold in 1887. The Magee Ranges, Furnaces, Heati and Cooking feves are sold everywhere by our agent, and we warrant each one to give perfect satisfaction to the buyer. MAGEE FURNACE CO., 32 to 38 Union St., Boston, 92 Beckman St.,N.Y, 86 Lake S:., Chicago. 27 Montgomery St., San Francisco.

Page 116

THE COSMOPOLITAN. HOLIDAY CIFTS FOR YOUR FRIENDS. COMMON SENSE CHAIRS, SETTEES, AND ROCKERS. Strong, durable, and comfortable. No light, trashy stuff, but good, honest home comforts. Special discount to clergy- men. Send stamp for catalogue, to F. A, SINCLAIR, Mottville, Onondaga Co. N.Y. “*The Common Sense Chairs and Settees of Mr. Sinclair are not sur- 7 * passed by any other class of goods, and parties furnishing country houses Fireside Comfort for Two. and desiring inexpensive, comfortable, and durable furniture, will do well. —————_________ to write to Mr, F. A. Sinclair, at Mottville, N. Y., for a copy of his hand- ; book, which contains illustrations of the various articles he manufactures, My address is stamped with a schedule of prices.”— Scientific American, on all of my chairs; please find it before F. A. SINCLAIR. purchasing. Bless Your Souls! ».sis3ee why pay §O or SS fora seed At aeeag when you can receive one containing Just as many and veer probably more varieties and ail new vegetablesthat are really * valuable, for just NOTHING? It may have less paint about the covers, but, great Scott! we are not after paimt, but seed, . fresh and true to name, such as will make with a master’s Sf, handits own picture all over our farms and gardens; seed I SA am not afraidto WARRANT on the cover of my cata- SMlocue. Come, my fellow farmers, and join the thousands, who for thirty years have been users of my seed; why, we were a goodly company and having pleasant times together == before the great majority of the present race of seedsmen (bless = the bo: oY ad left their nurse’s arms! _ Send for a catalogue. JAMES J. H. GREGORY, Marbiehead, Mass. Steamship Steamers are appointed to sail from Pier 29, East River, New York, at 3 P.M., as follows. For JACKSONVILLE, FLA., Every TUESDAY, direct. Every FRIDAY, calling at Charleston. For CHARLESTON, S. C. Every ‘TUESDAY and FRIDAY. For FERNANDINA, FLA Every TUESDAY, calling at Charleston. NORTH-BOUND. Steamers are appointed to sail as per schedule in local papers. From JACKSONVILLE, FLA. THURSDAYS and SUNDAYS. From FERNANDINA, FLA. : From CHARLESTON, S. C...MONDAYS, TUESDAYS, and FRIDAYS. The Fleet is composed of the following Elegant Steamers: IROQUOIS (new)......... .Capt. E. Kemble, Capt. H, A. Bearse. CHEROK EE.... Capt, B. Doane. Capt. 3 K. Chichester. SEMINOLE ee Capt. 8. C, Platt. This is the only line of steamers running through to Jacksonville without change. a FOR FURTHER INFORMATION APPLY TO THEO. G. EGER, Traffic Manager, 35 Broadway, New York. WILLIAM P. CLYDE & CO., General Agents, 12 South Wharves, Philadelphia, Pa. 385 Broadway, New York.

Page 117

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. 15 @RAND NATIONAL PRIZE OF 16,600 FRANCS, NOC CONTAINING PERUVIAN BARK, IRON, AND PURE CATALAN WINE, Endorsed by the Medical Faculty of Paris, and used with entire success in the Hospitals for the cure of Malaria, Indigestion, Fever and Ague, Loss of Appetite, and Poorness of Blood. Ras F : tol | PARIS: 22 Rue Drouot. womsewscwe |B FOUGERA & CO, Agents for US, D. N. 30 North William Street, N.Y. MISS E. WALSH, 15 EAST THIRTY-FIRST STREET, NEW YORK, always keeps in stock a handsome assortment of i . Imported Street and Evening Costumes, ROUND HATS AND BONNETS, FROM ALL THE LEADING HOUSES IN PARIS, ALSO THE LATEST NOVELTIES IN MATERIALS, WHICH SHE MAKES UP AT THE SHORTEST NOTICE. PERFECTLY FITTING GARMENTS GUARANTEED.

Page 118

THE COSMOPOLITAN. D. N. SELLEC, MANUFACTURER OF Twist Turned Base and Floor Rockers, Hall, Library, Reception, and Antique Chairs, in Antique Oak and Mahogany Finish, covered in Leather and Plush. | Also a large line of Solid Walnut Base Rockers | in Wilton Carpet. Patentee and Manufacturer of Folding Chairs and Rocker-. Factory and Office: Nos. 37 and 39 Lander Street, NEWBURCGH, WN. Y. Ba See advertisement on another page. WEBSTER THE BEST INVESTMENT for the Family, School or Professional Library. Besides many other valuable features, it contains A Dictionary of 118,000 Words, 3000 Engravings, A Gazetteer of the World locating and describing 25,000 Places, A Biographical Dictionary of nearly 10,000 Noted Persons, A Dictionary of Fiction found 6 n Webster, All in One Book. 3000 more Words and nearly 2000 more IIlus- trations than any other American Dictionary. Sold by all Booksellers. Pamphlet free. G. & C. MERRIAM & CO., Pub’rs, Springfield, Mass. SEEDS. My Annual PRICED CATALOGUE is now ready, and mailed free to all applicants. It con- | tains all the leading and most popular sorts of Vegetable, Farm, ——AND=—— Flower Seeds, | Besides all the desirable novelties of last season, and nearly BROWN’S FRENCH == DRESSING 128 everything else in my line of business, ALFRED BRIDGEMAN, 37 East 19th Street, New York City. ANDREWS MFG COMPANY Beg to announce that they have re- | moved their business to 76 FIFTH | AVENUE, near | 4th Street, where they will continue to carry a line of their FINE OFFICE DESKS, and be prepared | to make special designs for Bank and | Office Fittings. Soliciting from their old BOOTS AND SHOES, Awarded highest honors at 1876 | Melbourne, 1880 1877 | Frankfort, 1881 Amsterdam, ew Orleans, 1 4 Paris Medal on every bottle. Beware of Imitations, Sample book of Gold Beveled Edge Hidden Name Cards for 1889. Fine Cards, Low Prices, and big | outfit for a ecstamp. U, 8S, Card Co., Cadiz, Ohio, CORSETS best ever made. Ask } dealer forthem. The story of Featherbone sent free. Ad need The Warren Featherbone Co., Three Oaks, Mich. | Patrons, and from the Public generally, a continuance of past favors, They remain, respectfully, ANDREWS M'F’Cc COMPANY. New Yor« Fes. 1st, 1889. Parsons & Sons Co. (Limited), Flushing, N. Y., Offer Selected Specimens of " Japanese Maples, Climbing Hydrangeas, Rhododen- drons, Golden Oak, And many other Rare Trees and Shrubs. Catalogues mailed free on application.

Page 119

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. WAS] 67671, PARK pace °e"

Page 120

THE COSMOPOLITAN.

S AFE INVESTMENTS Guarantee Strength, $1,150,470 Record of our (8 YEARS’ business. 16, fee Mortgages negotisted, aggregating $11, 768 818 6,9 in force, 6,358,162 i ia «paid, *7,9 - 5,410,656 paid aggregating - - . . 3,345,495 Total tal pad to tnttotien - - « 6,756,151 We have 3,014 trons, to whom we can refer. We aot pn ap a a3 the Sao langnst, but ihe SAFEST business. Savings Department for Small Amounts. Full information furnished by J.B.WATKINS LAND een TeAGe CO., LAWRENCE, KANSA ew York Mang'r, HENRY DICKINSON, _ a ANDREWS MFG COMPANY Beg to announce that they have re- moved their business to 76 FIFTH AVENUE, near | 4th Street, wnere they will continue to carry a line of their IMPROVED FOLDING BEDS, which also are for sale by all Furniture Dealers. Soliciting from their old Pa- trons, and from the Public generally, a continuance of past favors, They remain, respectfully, ANDREWS M’F’C COMPANY. New Yoru, Fes. 1st, 1889. B85 Solid Gold Watch. | 4 Aor 100. until lately. post Ger eaten in the — Perfect timekeeper. ranted. wa <A Solii Gold Hunti ladies’ and gen works and cases of equal value. One Person in each local- A ity can secure one free, ther eX with our large and valuable line of = H bald ; hese Sl samples, as well as the watch, we send Free, and after you have kept them in your aoe for months and shown them to those who may have called, they become your own rty. Those who write at once can sure of receiving the Watch andSamples. We payall express, freight,etc. Ad- dress Stinson & »~Box 7, Portland, d, Maine. HELES the DEAF Pac's Paz: Paswre IMPROVED CUSHIONED THE HEARING, and ~ 4+ the ) aye — nosural drama tn all onsee where the nerves are not ao pe RW] proved nu mm real bue i invisib) ie ie to oothers oO a soew ion, maemo tps ard ’ Ox | Gendees, & cor. lath St. N. ging them. Wie to Do Your Own Printiag ee Se 4. Type setti Leng tr oh wind tL Sersveng Resch’ eit ww youre, Send 2 stam Press, Type, Cards, factory Kelsey & Co. Meriden.Coun.

* Best cure die colds, coughs, and consumption is the old Vegetable Pulmonary Balsam.” Cuter Bros. & Co., Bos- ton. For $1.00 by mail, a large bottle sent express paid.

| | | 3000 ‘‘Firms’’ Use -AND—— Re-Order, and Say Save MANY TIMES THE COST OF

IF YOU WEAR PANTS Buy no more Ready- made, . Send 6c for Seasonable Samples, make selection, take pes measure by our = rules, and order ELEBRATED $3 CUSTOM-MADE PANTS or finer goods, $3 to $8, by mail or express. Coats, $8, try $2.25, to match Pants. — Suits, $13.25 to $30. Overcoats, $12 to $30 BAY STATE PANTS CO., Custom Clothiers 34 Hawley St., Boston, Mass. DERBY DESKS FOR Office and Home Use. SEND FOR CATALOGUE, DERBY & KILMER DESK CO. Office and Factory, SOMERVILLE, MASS. Salesrooms, 55 Charlestown St. BOSTON.

NEW Cards for 1889. All Hidden Name, White Dove, Gold Bevel Edge, etc. The finest ever offered to agents for a 2c stamp. National Card Co., Scio, O. Airs © Utlome Cards, One Pack Hold Cards, Une lack B <u wag he it caster Sample Boob of Vidilag Ganda, "Basle Gard Works’ Catin 0.

you eend zs CARDS. wait Coa aria age ook et heen Nee Bream Card Works, Statice 15, Ob:

Chiltan Styles of Hidden Name and oy } Cards, Dieig' anes Band Setein, Hevitations, a Pus— 10 a day at . AID " Conundrums, Games, end how you can make Gt a lemeonan HOME AND ¥ CADIZ, OHIO.

Hidden Kame gud Motto Cards, Scrap Pictures, Parsles, Games, tricks 1 Magic, one peck of Eacors Cards, and lar eangae Boon of opmeine ao hnntasnensinted Ai for 2 ont saan. Becewr "Gass Cada, Obi, PLAYS \ POPULAR SONGS and illustrated catalogue, only 10c. 3 books, 25c. THurser & Co., Bay Shore, N.Y.

Dialogues, Tableaux, Speak for School, Club, and Parlor. Best out. Cata- logue free. T S DENISON, \Chicago, III. tat THIS . 8. and Cana

one Pure System. Our Im- f proved Gem will re- move sediment from your faucet water, before un- known to you. it filtered. Germs of Disease are more readily trans- mitted through § water nm any 7 Other medium. e have tested the weer 500 Cities Towns in the ae JONES MFG. CO., 243 Franklin St. BOSTON, MASS.

Page 121

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. 19 THE DORCAS MAGAZINE 1s full of useful information on Woman’s Handiwork : Knitting, Crochet-work, Embroidery, Art Needlework, and other house- hold topics of practical character. moey lady should sub- scribe for it. Price soc a year. The Docas Magazine, 19 Park 5 Place, New York. ANY oo] CAN PLAY THE PIANO AND GAN WITHOUT A TEACHER by using “aor Instantaneous Guide to the Keys. Price, 1.00, No previous knowledge of music whatever required. Send for book of testimonials can Address The Dorcas Magazine, 19 Park Place, New York. S85 Solid Gold Watch. Sold for $1 O@, until lately. Best ——— cena Se 4. - — Perfect timek: ing Cases. Both fedice” and 4 sizes, with works and cases of — value. One Person in each local- ity can secure one ther with our sant valuable line of Wovsehe d Samples. These samples, as 5 well he the watch, we send Free, and after you have nos : them in your home for ne aoe and aewe' them to those whe may have called, they become you TO) y. Those who write * — be sure of receiving the al and Samples. ‘e pay all express, etc. dress Stinson & Go. Blox Tits Portland, Maine. persons age or any cumber Paraso!’acd Glove li Eagle Cer ot om Fico ses Tnought'ol the Mandherchisf, ist, Pea, P > =: Bemaie Book of Cords, ell only two cents. Tan, Sunburn, Moth Patches, promptly eradi ated by the MAGIC FRECKLE RE. Price, 25 cents bymail. Stamps Address MILLARD COMPANY, Buffalo, N. Y. TR month, They cause nosickness, contain no poison and mever (sealed) 40, Wilcox Specific Co., Phila. Pas taken. You can live at home and make more mone us than at anything else in the waste. Costly outfit prez. Te me rree. Addre True & Co., Augusta, Maine. Err? S CGRATEFUL—COMFORTING. COCOA TREES eee ecg tae Maples, yA Neat re Shrubs, Roses, and Fruits at reduced prices. Catalogues on a FRED. W. KELSEY, 208 Broadway, New York. SEEDSWEHAeY: it kinds, GUIDE, and l0c. Certificate for Oui) Syn for 2 stamps (4 cents.) Byery Hower | lover hted. your @. W, PARK, PANNETTSBURG, PA. E2"Send at once. This notice will mot appear again. at work for ither sex: all GOL ages. The best for Street or Ornamental When buying Leap Puncis, ask fo DIXON’ S AMERICAN C RAPHITE. your stationer does not keep them, mention THe Cosmo- POLITAN and send 16 cents in stamps to the JOSEPH DIXON CRUCIBLE CO., of Jersey City, N. J., for samples worth double the money. HOWSON & HOWSON PATENTS. Solicitors and Counselors at Law Philadelphia, 119 8S. 4th St, New York, 38 Park Row, Washington, 915 ¥F St, MADAM MmccomsB, COSTUMER, 164 West 22d Street, New York, |} MAKER AND DESIGNER OF LADIES’ FASHIONABLE COSTUMES. STYLE AND FIT GUARANTEED, MADAM McCOMB calls particular attention to the superior style and finish of her garments, and invites the in- spection of ladies desiring PERFECT DRESSES AT MODERATE PRICES. HEAVEN AND HELL. By EMANUEL SWEDENBORG. 420 pages, papercover. Mailed prepaid for 14 Cents. THE TRUE CHRISTIAN RELIGION. | By EMANUEL SWEDENBORG. 1,000 octavo pages, cloth, Mailed prepaid for $1. 30. Address American Swedenborg Printing and Pub- lishing S Society, 20 Cooper Union, New York City. STEVENSVILLE MILLS. IMPEROYAL _ IMPEROYAL VACUUM COOKED VACUUM COOKED ATS. Ww. M. D. STEVENS’ SOLE MANUFACTURER OF ABSOLUTE PURITY. “ALISS393N TIOHISNOH ONE MINUTE IN PREPATATION. . IMPEROYAL IMPEROYAL VACUUM COOKED GRIDDLE CAKE . FLOUR. Recommended by Eminent Physicians and Chemists. 3 Adapted to all kinds of Pastry, Bread, Biscuit, Griddle Cakes, etc., ” jeden enone pully = —- {rom Alum, Terra Alba or = lous ingredient, makes it a necessity in every old. No lady can afford to be withoutit. Sold by py et > Cor. Hudson & Harrison S8ts., NEW YORK.

Page 122

20 THE COSMOPOLITAN, THE LOTHROP || MAGAZINES. A HALE DOZEN ONLY Of the Many Great Attractions of WIDE AWAKE, ’89. THE BES Magazine i ; Somne People and the Family. Y $2.40 A. zeae. The Con vegetienmind ore: rank Wipe Awake now at the head of the mont ies of tt its class, and it has won ite bd ret hn foo YY. enter and instruction J.T. Trowbridge. 2s fiver gerial Story. Swarming with real Yankee young folks. A beautiful ballad — ictures by an J ean Ingelow. eminent English artis! * d Margaret Sidney. 22,4 Peppers Midway. Andrew Lang. donehehel illustrated article. in Tweed and Yarrow. A Jessie Benton Fremont. £47¥,2ay*,in the thrilling true tales, of which the author was part. Hjalmar Hjorth Boyesen. #7° 2c matic Norwegian ballad, illustrated by Howard — FOR THE YOUNGER YOUNG PEOPLE. BABYLAND. The one magazine in the world for babies. Dainty stories, tender poems, gay jingles, Pictures, beautiful, pictures ‘unny. Large type, heavy paper. Only 50 oomte s a year. OUR LITTLE MEN AND WOMEN. A magazine for little folks begin- ning to read. There will be stories ~ home and foreign fe, games, sports, some Western Moral wonders, little “pieces to speak, - and seventy-five full- page pictures, besides no end of smaller ones, Only $1.00 a year. THE PANSY. Edited by “ PANSY ”"—Mrs.G. R, ALpzn. Tue Pansy is an illustrated monthly containing from thirty- five to forty pages of reading matter. It is devoted to young folks from eight to fifteen years. Its contributors are amon the best writers for young folks. New serials by “ Pansy” an Margaret Sidney. Tue Pansy is $1.00 a year. Specimens of the Four Lothrop Magazines, 15 cents; of anyone, 5 cents. ze The book Five Little Peppers and How They Grew, by Margaret Sidney, will be presented to every one sending a subscription for Wipe Awake, 1889, together with a subscription for BaByLaNnD, 1889 Three dollars must be remitted at one time, direct to the publishers, D. Lothrop Company, Boston, to pay for the same. D. Lothrop Company, Boston, publish two thousand illustrated books. They mail a beautiful illustrated catalogue on application to anys address. Si Wipe AWAKE Pocnet Cacenoar MAILED-FREE-T O-ANY-ADDRESS SENT-TAE-PUBLISHERS— DOUAMOPCORERNT BES D. LOTHROP COMPANY, BOSTON. IMPORTANT NEW BOOKS. THE STORY OF THE AMERICAN SAILOR. By Exsrince S. Brooxs. Uniform with the ‘Story of the Américan Indian,"’ by the same author, I!lustrations by Bridgman. 8vo, $2.50. The complete story of Jack’s daring, endeavor, and achieve- ment from prehistoric times to the days of the “‘ Brave Old Salt” and the yacht Volunteer. The result of much study and careful research, it is nevertheless as dashing, as brilliant, as picturesque as Jack himself, when Jack is at his best. As the first consecutive account ever attempted, it will appeal to all lovers of blue water and to all admirers of the exploits of American seamen. WARWICK BROOKES’S PENCIL PICTURES OF CHILD LIFE. With Biographical Reminiscences, By T. LerHersrow. Twenty-eight exquisite photo- gravures. 12mo, $1.25. “The gentle and sweet side of child nature could hardly be better given. The reproductions by Kurtz are capital, and of an accuracy and fine fidelity beyond the reach of wood en- graving. i The slightest of all in mere physical bulk, yet the weightest in artistic metal is this dainty little vol- ume.”— The Nation. ‘All classes of people may appreciate his charming work,”— joston Fournal. ‘There is a tenderness, at the same time a truthfulness, which is truly delightful.”"— Philadelphia tem. HER HIGHWAYS AND Fully illustrated, OLD CONCORD: BYWAYS. By MarGaret SIDNEY. 8vo0. $2.00. “Both a er al guidebook and an agreeable fireside itinerary. The pleasant discourse is much aided by very judicious selections of bits of scenery, houses, interiors, etc., copied after nature by process engraving,” — 7he Nation. “These sketches have a charm of color and life which a photograph never can rival.”— Woman's Journal. ** With expert skill and with special delicacy in respect to both insight and expression, the author has made the place real to the reader,” — Congregationalist. LONGFELLOW REMEMBRANCE BOOK. An outline of the poet’s life, by E. S. Brooks; the story of his boyhood, his home-life, and his relations with children, by Rev. Samuet LonGrettow; WuittiER’s memorial Miss Guiney’s poem on the unveiling in West- poem ; With portraits and illustrations, Small minster Abbey. 4to, in box, $1.25. ‘*Any young person into whose hands falls that little treas- ure cannot fail to have awakened in him a love, not only for the poet, but for his works as well.” — Pudlic Opinion. ACROSS LOTS. By Horace Lunt. 12mo, $1.25. The fields and woods and meadows in all their varying moods; the insects, birds, and flowers—all the common ob- jects in nature—are described with a sympathetic tenderness and fidelity worthy of Burroughs at his best, Such chapter titles as “‘A March Ramble,” ‘“* Wood Notes and Nest Hunt- ing,” ‘Field Notes in Seed Time,” ‘Cross-cut Views of Winter,” indicate the character of the book. At the bookstores, or sent, postpaid, by the publishers, D. LOTHROP CoO., BOSTON.

Page 123

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES. Amonc the thousands of rapidly growing towns in the South and West there are hosts of bidden opportunities for successful business and professional pursuits that would prove prizes for those who are vainly searching for such openings. The sudden rise of new cities, and their isolation from the great centers, create pressing needs for certain kinds of factories, stores, banks, railroads, etc., which are but slowly satisfied, though they offer a golden harvest. There are many lawyers, physicians, dentists, architects, clerks, etc., starving in the over-crowded East, who might enter upon abundant and prosperous work in the all-promising westward and southern course of empire. To render THE COSMOPOLITAN valuable in a practical way to subscribers, this department undertakes to furnish accurate information concerning such opportunities. The items are gathered and sifted with painstaking industry, and are fairly reliable. Most of our informants accompany their statements with earnest emphasis upon the crying need of the place for the kind of business mentioned. Some offer a bonus to the right man who will establish a certain industry. There are several calls for Aomest lawyers and Christian physi- cians. This month the list is from part of Iowa. Afterward it will be from other localities. If the reader will call the attention of any of his friends who are looking for a location to these pages, their object will be attained Particulars will be gratuitously supplied to COSMOPOLITAN subscribers by H. D. WILSON, 363 Fifth Avenue, New York. (Continued from the March number.) Popula- 7 Business Mechanics Professional Remarks. Towns or Iowa. tion. Openings. Wanted. Vacancies. —EE EE | —————————| ———___—__- Greene 1,200 Oatmeal fac-|Bakery. Good _attor-/Surrounding country tory, foun- ney. prosperous. | dry and | agricultural | implements Grundy Center. ' Paper mill. {Hardware Good lawyer.|A splendid agricultural | store. country. 600 Flour mill. |Egg packing Bright young, house. lawyer. Glenwood .... .| 2,000/Starch factory/Clothing A good opening for axe helves; house with small capital and good andhandles* hats and market. | shoes. Grinnell 3,500) Beet - sugar, | A college town. canning, | sash and door. | Greene Mountain| Drug store. Physician. Surrounding country Grand Junction. Wholesale | Photographer Coal and water in abun- groceries, lawyer, and) dance. | musical in-| veterinary | struments | surgeon. | | and cigars.| Goldfield 400|Brick and tile Water cure A young phy-|The town is surrounded | factory. hotel. sician. by artesian wells. Grand View.....| | 200,Grist and saw Fair opening for man mill. with small capital. Garwin 200/Canning fac- Clothing tory. store. | | Physician. |Prosperous town. Goshen 300 General store. /General outlook good. Gilman 700 Wagon —_fac- Small bank. | tory. Goodell 100 Cheese _fac-|Drug store. Young phy- tory. sician. Gilmore City.... 600 Creamery. Good general Lawyer. This town has good store. \ | prospects.

Page 124

THE COSMOPOLITAN. tion. Ss. Wanted. Vacancies. P bad Towns or Iowa, |Popula-| Factories | Fm mi Mechanics Professional Remarks. : Gifford ce et mill. |General store, A growing town to lo- | lumber and cate in. | grain dealer Young phy-|Surrounding country | sician. prosperous. 100} |Grain buyer. Young lawyer Garner 750| Machine sh’p.|Good grocery|Harness Smart lawyer.|Surrounding — country | | Store. maker. being settled up rap- idly. Genoa Bluffs... .| Blacksmith. |Physician. . Grafton | §00/Paper mill,| Hardware Physician. steam flour; and drugs. mill, cheese factory. Garden Grove... Wagon fac-| Jewelry store, Dentist. | tory. drugs. Gilbert Station. . 100 General store./Blacksmith | Physician. and wood-| workers. Hawarden...... | 1,500 Foundry and/Jeweler. Good physi-|An excellent location | twine fac- | cian. and good water power. | tory. | Hamburg.......| 3,000) Packing- | Wholesale 3 bright law-| Unexcelled water power, | | Grant City 250 Tile factory. | house and) grocery and yer. thriving town, walnut starch fac-| good hotel. lumber in abundance. tory. : Hampton 2,100) Foundry. Drygoods and The town will assist a shoe store. new manufactory. Hull 800/Hemp _and/Hotel. Good farming country. tow mill. Humeston 800! Hominy mill,|Good bank. A growing town. paper fac-| tory. | Hopkinton 7oo|Small pork; Drygoods and |Photographer|Splendid fruit farms in packing and| merchant |Homeeopath-| the vicinity. . | . . | canning fac-| tailor. ic doctor. tory. 400 Brick and tile|Good general Photographer |Thriving farming coun- factory. | store. Young law-| try. | yer. 2,000) Packing- Lumber Painter. |First-class | house, dealer. | dentist. Highland....... 100) Young phy- sician. Hartley | 800/Creamery. |Lawyer and|A growing town, with | dentist. good prospects. Hesper | 250!Wagon § fac-/ Furniture Auctioneer (Surrounded by rich and tory. store. and _first-| well-tilled farms. class school} | | teachers. | Hubbard.......| 500) |Young lawyer/A thriving town. Holt 100/Grist mill. |Young physi-|Good agricultural coun- |} cian. | try. Hillsboro | 2§0/Flour mill. |Hardware |Good _ physi-/ Surrounding country store, lum- cian. very prosperous. ber yard. | Henderson 200 {Small bank. Growing town, with | | good business. Herndon. 300/Broom _fac-| Drug store. {Doctor and/A growing town, with tory. dentist. | splendid prospects. Huxley 100/Small__pack-|Drug store. | Good agricultural coun- ing-house. | try. Hilton | 200\Canning fac-| Good fruit section. | tory. Hosper | 300)/Tow mill. Bank. Thriving farming coun- | try. Hansell 150\Cheese _fac-/Stock buyer. |Carpenter. Excellent location. tory. Blacksmith. Mason.

Page 125

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT.

Towns or Iowa. . Openings. Wanted. Vacancies.

|Popula-| _ Factories Business Mechanics Professional ss | Needed | Remarks.

; . Iowa City 9,000 Packing- | |A good location for all | house and! | classes of manufact- glass works. | urers. Iowa Falls 2,500 Paper and| Dry goodsand| |A good live|Substantial encourage- hax mills. drug store.| attorney. | merit to new manufac- tories offered by the | city. |Good fruit country. | Indianola....... 2,500. Canning fac-|Dry goods. tory, agri-| | cultural ie | | plement | factory. Ida Grove | 2,000 Glucose fac- |Good dentist.|Amidst a fine agricul- tory. | tural country.

ORR 54 s4<5560 .| 500Grist mill. |Agricultural | Surrounded by a good | implements. | farming country. Iowa Centre.... 200 Flour mill. A flour mill ready for | | occupancy. |A splendid opportunity Independence...| 3,300Glass works, | for the right parties. packing- house, Jefferson 2,000 | Would encourage any manufacturing inter- ests. Natural gas in } the vicinity. Jolley 100 Flax mill. Drug store. Young physi-|Surrounding —_ country Lumber yard. | cian and | prosperous. young law-| yer. | [In the center of an im- | mense coal field, with splendid manufactur- ing opportunities. Stock raising section. Jesup 750 Machine shop/Clothing store Keokuk 6,000) Kossuth 200 Cheese Lawyer. } factory. | Keystone 250Creamery. | | SRS 118 ‘Furniture Physician. store. | lA fine agricultural and | Keosauqua 1,500 Canning and| fruit growing section. pickle works. 1,000|paper mill. Real estate Dentist and [In the center of a rich and loans. lawyer. farming section. |Furniture | store and | hotel. | Kellogg | Knoxville | 4,000) Wagon Town growing rapidly. works. | Packing Bais | house. Kensett 250\Grist mill. |General store. | ven lawyer/Thriving town, with good prospects. Kingsley 1,200/Soap factory./Gents’ fur- | |First-class at-/Surrounding country | nishing | torney, and) prosperous. store. good doctor! |A young phy-|Surrounding country | sician. growing. Kingston 150 Drug store A good opening for the | and general] right parties. |_ Store. | Lake Park 150)/Cheese | Druggist. } Physician. A growing town. factory. Lyons. 6,500| Box factory. |Good hotel. | 0 Oe 100 | First-class A good _ distributing | physician. | point for general job- bing houses. Lee Mars.......| 5,500] Vegetable Good agricultural dis- | canning | trict. Citizens will en- ' factory. ' ' courage right parties.

Page 126

eae ee Des ae 24 THE COSMUPOLITAN. |General store. | \* | 1,100|Flour mill. |Paper mill. | 300 Canning fac-| | La Porte City... .| Lohrviile... . .| 400)Brick and tile| factory. Lowden........ 600;Canning fac- tory. Ss ° A | | tory. Linwood....... 100) Brick factory. | ee | 1,000\Canning fac-\Good general tory. | store, Lawlor | 500 Hotel. Lehigh..... 200 Brick and tile} factory. Lime Springs... 450) { | } Libertyville. .... 220\Flour mill. |General store., Harness | maker. } Pee 100|Cheese } factory. Ser ore 2,000 Flour mill Furniture Shoemaker and foundry) _ store. and tailor. Langworthy.... 100 Stock and grain dealer SS ee 2,000/Foundry and | machine | | shop. Lucas 2,500|\Canning fac- tory. La Motte... 250 Flour mill. Liscomb....... 350) IDry goods. |Blacksmith maker. 300 Wagon shop. | Agricultural Lovilia........- implements. BHORINED s0c0csss 200) Hardwareand drug store. sn 6 64004 225/Flour mill. 1,500/Canning fac-| First-class Lake City tory. hotel. Good carpen- Lexington ter. eee 200 Good general | store. Lakeview. 700 |Hotel and bank. Wagon maker Loveland... 150) Flour mill. Lebanon ...... 100/Cheese Farming im- factory. plements. Linn Grove..... General store. Drugs. Malvern........j} 1,200 First-class grocer. and harness} (Alabama, Kansas. and Iowa will furnish the list of ** Business Opportunities a | Factories Business | Mechanics Professional | Towns or Iowa, — . Needed. | Goamiee>- Wanted. Vacancies. Remarks. a ip cae | —| OAM, « 5.4.55 on | 1,000 Cheese |Harneseshop.| Good dentist.,|Have an undeveloped | factory. © |Dry goods. | | stone quarry that | would pay. A thriving town. A good law-|Rich surrounding coun- yer. | try. First-class water power. First-class vegetable raising country. Abundance of coal and brick clay in the vicin- ity. | Young lawyer|Good opening for the right parties. Cheap fuel and finest brick clay in the country. |A young law-|A growing town, yer. \Doctor and | lawyer. Doctor. | A good opportunity for | energetic parties. A growing agricultural country. A bright Foundry and plant ready young law-| for occupancy. yer. Good physi-|Rich farming and coal cian and country. young law- yer. Agricultural and stock- | raising section. First-class farming | country. Dentist and |A growing little town. photographer; ‘Good railroad facilities. Young lawyer Surrounding prosperous. Young doctor A first-class opportunity and young for the right parties. lawyer. country |Young physi- Surrounding country | cian. prosperous, |Attorney. Good physi-/A packing house ready cian. for occupancy. i 7 ” next month.)

Page 127

en sichaesistiaemeesisltetcibamnasii The Fidelity and Casualty Co of New York SURETY BONDS Guaranteeing the Fidelity of persons in positions of Trust, such as Employees of Railroads, Banks, etc., also Administrators, Guardians, etc.; also ACCIDENT POLICIES Of most attractive kind, containing newest and best features; aiso PLATE CLASS POLICIES On most advantageous terms, covering the Accidental Breakage of Plate-Ciass Windows; also STEAM BOILER POLICIES Which are more.liberal in form than any issued in this country, and which offer Steam Boller Owners protection against the possibility of explosion, the resultant damage to surrounding property, and the frequent loss of human life. ASSETS, $774,550.21. | CAPITAL, $250,000. Officers : WM. M. RICHARDS, CEO. F. SEWARD, ROB’'T J. HILLAS, President. Vice-President. Secretary. For Information write to the Principal Office—214 and 216 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. DRESS REFORM. = _____ COMBINATION UNION SUIT, Wool, Silk AND Wool Mixture, AND IN All Pure Silk. Y/ Ve tel wid . B ‘ ALL KINDS OF Ail \\\-at WAISTS, CORSETS, AND |} MUSLIN UNDERWEAR. Catalogue sent free. MRS. A. FLETCHER, No. 6 East 14th Street, NEW YORK CITY,

Page 128

Ba POWDER Absolutely Pure. This powder never varies, A marvel of purity, strength, and wholesomeness, More economical than the ordi kinds, and cannot be sold in competition with the multitude of low test, short w alum or phosphate powders. Sold only in cans, RovAa iG Powper Co., 106 Wall St., N.Y. Warranted absolutely pure Cocoa, from which the excess of Oil has been removed. It has more than three times the strength of Cocoa mixed with Starch Arrow- root or Sugar, and is therefore far more ical, costing less than gested, and admirably adapted for in- valids as well as for persons in health. Sold by Grocers everywhere. WV. BAKER & C0., Dorchester, Mass. ER GOLD MEDAL, PARIS, 1878. BAKER’S la Choc chocolates, W. BAKER & CO., Dorchester, . Mass RELIABLE TESTIMONY. Among those who testify to the merits of ALLCOCK’S POROUS: PLASTERS are Mrs. Henry Ward Beecher, Hon. ramp! Ran- dall, Cyrus W. Field, Jr., Hon. James W. Husted, Charles D, Fredricks, Henry King, Manager Sea- side Sanitariam, Hon, E. L. Pitts, Gen. F. B. Spinola, George Augustus Sala, Marion Harland, and Sisters of Charity, Providence Hospital, Washing- ton, D. C. Beware of imitations, and do not be deceived by misrepresentation. Ask for ALLCOCR’S, and let no explanat on or solicitation induce you to accept @ substitute. A Remarkable Flesh Produce . If You Have CONSUMPTION | COUGH ORCOLD BRONCHITIS | Throat Affection SCROFULA | Wasting of Flesh Or any Disease where the Throat and Inngs are Inflamed, Lack of Strength or Nerve! Power. you can be Relieved and Cwred by SCOTT'S EMULSION PURE COD LIVER OIL With Hypophosphbites. Pacaraeie as Mitn. Ask for Scott’s Emulsion, and lei no ea-| P tion or solicitation induce you to accept! @ substitute, Sold by all Druggists. SCOTT & BOWNE, Cheniiete, N. ¥ t@ The Finest and Best. “Si SBM Pus BjNjoO10g U) SjqunjeAuy a The Creat Remedy in Consumption. “*sosvosig Press of J.J Little & Co., New York, Oe Sic ie 4@

Page 129